PDA

View Full Version : [3.5E] Heretic's Bane Icewind Dale



Pages : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 [20] 21

Gryndel
2013-09-22, 10:19 AM
Magnum

After tugging his beard a moment in thought, Magnum nodded once, "Aye Valina, no hurry on dat. Usually it takes many years ta gain wisdom, if'n ye gain any, so a short wait ta obtain an enchanted item ta accomplish da same is no burden. I'd like ta commission da best I can afford."

OOC: Does "at cost" mean the book value (he could get +4 periapt), or what it would cost to create (would be +6 in this case)? Also, it provides an "enhancement" bonus, which the ioun stone does also. These bonuses do not stack, so he'd sell or trade the ioun stone.

He grinned slightly as he added, "As ta da shoppin' trip, if'n we end up goin' just provide me a list, I'll do what I can ta bring back all ye need or want."

With a glance at Thordek, the war priest replied seriously to Buehler, "Its always an honor ta accept da Patriarch's invitations. I'll be happy ta attend."

At first he could hardly believe anyone knew nothing about money. But he couldn't help but chuckle a little at Kal-Resh, and appreciate the patience and friendliness of Johannes' explanation.

Grodech
2013-09-23, 06:37 PM
Grathalmor ignores the orc - he had more important things on his mind than an orc who didn't know what money was...

He waited until Beuhler was done making announcments, then approached the grizzled old dwarf. "I owe 'ya an apology." he says to Beuhler. "A necessary subturfuge, as 'ya said, but now 'dat I know 'da truth, I'm sorry fer 'da way I acted down there."

That being said, he waits for an answer from Beuhler, if any - frankly, he expected Beuhler to completely ignore him. He then proceeded to turn in the items that he wished to have taken off his hands for a fair price. "I'll be returnin' the Forgemark Banded Mail." he said "It's in need of a bit 'o care, but'll be fine fer someone else once it's repaired. I also have 'da Black Orc's greatsword and his breastplate, which is also in need o' fixin', my ol' urgosh, an' 'dis set o' aurilite platemail.
OOC:
The Black Orc's +1 Mithril Greatsword (Unidentified)
The Black Orc's Adamantine Breastplate (-2 AC)
Grathalmor's Urghosh +1
+2 Full Plate (Aurilite Loot)
Grathalmor's Forgemark Mithril Banded Mail +3 (no money for this)

The greatsword says it's "unidentified", does that mean there are features I'm unaware of? Can he get it identified? Also, Grathalmor's sheet lists two separate dwarven urgosh', although both seem to have the same stats except for the weight, so I'm not sure if he's just got the one, or two.

OMG PONIES
2013-09-23, 06:48 PM
The Temple - Morning Mass and Swearing of the Vow

Nalrak stands in sharp contrast to the King, playing the simple pauper at every one of the Patriarch's regal turns. Where the Patriarch wears his earthsilk, white, and gold, Nalrak's outfit is simple burlap. In place of Hignar's gold chain and symbol of Moradin, Nalrak wears a symbol of Dumathoin on a simple leather cord. His head is bare of a crown or helm, save for that forged by his thick, braided hair. He needs no cloak, as he has ceased to feel the bite of the elements. While the king shakes hand and jovially greets his subjects, Nalrak is somber and tacit despite the celebration of the scene. He approaches the Patriarch only once the other parishioners have cleared out, greeting him with a soft nod.

Nalrak needed no words of his own; the words of the Patriarch had been with him the previous sleepless night. He had neither tossed nor turned, but had stayed up meditating upon Hignar's request the previous night. He was ready now. "You have my vow to first do no wrong, Highness. As requested, we can speak in private at your convenience."

The Mess Hall and the Division of Spoils

Nalrak sits patiently as the spoils are read aloud. 21,653 gold pieces were owed to him. In the past, he'd already have an inventory of salves, ointments, potions, and the like that he could spend the money on. Now, however, it simply seemed like an abstraction. "Requesting that my share in full be made payable to the Silver Knightingales to aid in the training of additional medics and treatment of the wounded," Nalrak says matter-of-factly. "My cousin Grathalmore will act as steward of the Ironfist Gauntlet, and my other belongings can be sold. The proceeds I'd like going to the slaves we recently freed. And Buehler," he adds, "thanks for maintaining a level head and thinking tactically when we were doing anything but. Saved us from being trapped in there."

BelGareth
2013-09-25, 04:26 PM
Kal-Resh listens intently, nodding and looking quizzically at a few coins.

"Strange," he simply says when Thordrek is finished, and then the others chiming in.

"I have traded food one time, but never...bought anything, you say you buy things? no wonder you have all these magnificent skins, constantly changing from shiny skins to soft ones!" he marveled at some of their clothes "You mean I could by shiny skins also!"

He stands getting slightly excited, but sees everyone looking at him, gives a crooked smile with his canines jutting out and he sits, blushing slightly.

"Kal-Resh will be quiet" he says in a hushed voice.

Toliudar
2013-09-25, 11:42 PM
Johannes

Turning, Johannes smiles up at his large friend.

"Kal-Resh, I think that you'll find that both shiny clothes and many other useful and enjoyable things will be yours, with the judicious exchange of some of those coins, those round metal things. It's not just the dwarves who value them."

He turned back to Thordrek and his long-ago asked question.

"Silverymoon sounds like a most enjoyable journey, but perhaps one that we can best undertake a bit more speedily, with a little magical assistance. After all, we don't want to miss that other mission for his Majesty."

mshady
2013-09-27, 07:22 AM
Johannes

Johannes learns with badly-feigned disinterest as the treasure is enumerated, glancing over to make sure that Kal-Resh didn't start pulling at the stitching of his sleeves again. For goodness' sake, one more good pull and that cotton was going to come away in one custom-tailored piece. As it turns out, finding clothes for the Kal-Resh's body type wasn't all that easy in a dwarven community.

He relaxes significantly as it becomes clear that the surviving warriors, and the families of Bundok and Arum were being remembered. Also that Black's Company would end up with significantly less than they had tried to extort from him, the cheating bastards.

When the vault door is referenced and his name used, Johannes simply smiles and doffs his hat. "I have every faith that there will be such thanks as befits a king's remembrance."

Replacing his hat, he steps carefully around those members of the group with nothing further to discuss, the better to speak softly to Valina.

"In our audience with the Patriarch, we had an opportunity to tour his collection. I noticed a bow there. Perhaps you know the one whereof I speak. Well, perhaps there are times when even something of personal significance is of greater use to the Patriarchate in the hands of a loyal son than up on a wall. Do we understand one another?"

His eyebrow raises slowly, holding the eye contact pending verification. He then reaches back into the side pouches of his pack. Both hands slide back holding silver-hilted longswords by their scabbards.

"I was going to be peddling these simple but well crafted baubles elsewhere, but wanted to give you first right of refusal, so to speak."

He is offering up a MW mithril longsword and a +1 longsword.

Valina to Johannes

"The bow in the Patriarch's chambers?" Valina says, raising an eye brow as she looks at Johannes. "You're not dwarf enough for that bow, friend. While he may display his weapons and armor, they are still very much his. He just had no need of it during a dinner. Or did he?" she says and gives Johannes a gentle poke with a smile.

"Sorry, Old Nail Driver is not for the offering. Have no fear though, we have something in mind for ye. Been looking for an excuse to craft one, truly. Just give us some time"

mshady
2013-09-27, 07:29 AM
Magnum

After tugging his beard a moment in thought, Magnum nodded once, "Aye Valina, no hurry on dat. Usually it takes many years ta gain wisdom, if'n ye gain any, so a short wait ta obtain an enchanted item ta accomplish da same is no burden. I'd like ta commission da best I can afford."

OOC: Does "at cost" mean the book value (he could get +4 periapt), or what it would cost to create (would be +6 in this case)? Also, it provides an "enhancement" bonus, which the ioun stone does also. These bonuses do not stack, so he'd sell or trade the ioun stone.

He grinned slightly as he added, "As ta da shoppin' trip, if'n we end up goin' just provide me a list, I'll do what I can ta bring back all ye need or want."

With a glance at Thordek, the war priest replied seriously to Buehler, "Its always an honor ta accept da Patriarch's invitations. I'll be happy ta attend."

At first he could hardly believe anyone knew nothing about money. But he couldn't help but chuckle a little at Kal-Resh, and appreciate the patience and friendliness of Johannes' explanation.

To Magnum

"I'll put ye down for it, Mags. It'll be awhile if ye actually want more den a trinket" Valina says, noting the information on her scroll. "Come back here tomorrow when its time to break fast, we'll discuss what yer looking for. I'll think on what we need from the cities. Shouldn't be too much o'a burden" Valina smiles at him, and holds the smile a bit longer than needed for pure acknowledgement.

Buehler looks between the two and coughs politely.

OOC: Things would be at a bit higher, so like 60% cost.

mshady
2013-09-27, 07:45 AM
Grathalmor ignores the orc - he had more important things on his mind than an orc who didn't know what money was...

He waited until Beuhler was done making announcments, then approached the grizzled old dwarf. "I owe 'ya an apology." he says to Beuhler. "A necessary subturfuge, as 'ya said, but now 'dat I know 'da truth, I'm sorry fer 'da way I acted down there."

That being said, he waits for an answer from Beuhler, if any - frankly, he expected Beuhler to completely ignore him. He then proceeded to turn in the items that he wished to have taken off his hands for a fair price. "I'll be returnin' the Forgemark Banded Mail." he said "It's in need of a bit 'o care, but'll be fine fer someone else once it's repaired. I also have 'da Black Orc's greatsword and his breastplate, which is also in need o' fixin', my ol' urgosh, an' 'dis set o' aurilite platemail.
OOC:
The Black Orc's +1 Mithril Greatsword (Unidentified)
The Black Orc's Adamantine Breastplate (-2 AC)
Grathalmor's Urghosh +1
+2 Full Plate (Aurilite Loot)
Grathalmor's Forgemark Mithril Banded Mail +3 (no money for this)

The greatsword says it's "unidentified", does that mean there are features I'm unaware of? Can he get it identified? Also, Grathalmor's sheet lists two separate dwarven urgosh', although both seem to have the same stats except for the weight, so I'm not sure if he's just got the one, or two.


Buehler and Valina to Grathalmor

He looks at Grathalmor and smirks at his apology, shaking his head.

"No need to apologize, beside for missing the entire point" he says, tapping his head and implying Grathalmor might be a touch dense. "It was a needed subterfuge. Meaning I intended to challenge and provoke ye, as we were being watched. Meaning yer reactions, all of yers, were about what I was looking for. If anything, y'all should apologize for not lett'n me provoke ye further. Would've better sold things. Sable was 'bout the only one who bought it truly, because I'd provoked her so. She was a woman stretched. I made my apologies 'fore Sable died. Can't say she understood, if only out of defiance. Just like her, really" he says, chuckling to himself.

Valina steps in and looks over the equipment that Grathalmor had set out and gives it a look.

"So ye want to turn in yer Forgemark armor? Alright, well it's ours anyways. We'll get it fixed up. Two other suits of armor, a great sword of sundering too? From Sigil? Ye really want to turn that in? Alright. Yer beat up urghosh too. Whatever have ye been doing with our gear, lad?" she says and chuckles.

"What were ye planning to wear for armor? Are ye joining yer cousin in his vow?" she smiles playfully. She spares a wink to Nalrak.

mshady
2013-09-27, 08:02 AM
The Patriarch to Nalrak

"Well, you look the part. There's a bit more formality to it den just saying it. When it clears out, yer swearing on an altar and I record yer vow in our clan's Book of Oathes. Yer going to sign it, with yer own blood as the ink" he says and smiles wryly at him. "Don't worry, it's a sharp pen and ye don't have a long name"

He waits several minutes, as the last parishioners walk out. Only The Patriarch's Own remains now, standing their silent vigil.

"So, tell me of this guilt ye carry. Before anything else, I'd have that out of ye" he says, before sitting down on a stone bench rather casually.

OOC: You can respond to that via private message.

Grodech
2013-09-27, 03:44 PM
Buehler and Valina to Grathalmor
Whatever have ye been doing with our gear, lad?" she says and chuckles.
"Sunderin'?" Grathalmor says "Well that explains why everyt'ins so beat up, don't it?" The thought hadn't occurred to him before. Maybe he should keep it after all...


"What were ye planning to wear for armor? Are ye joining yer cousin in his vow?" she smiles playfully. She spares a wink to Nalrak.
Grathalmor rolls his eyes. The vow was still a sore spot for him... "Got meself a right fine set o' Delzoun half-plate too." he replies. "I'll be keepin' it ta wear."

Toliudar
2013-09-27, 04:45 PM
Valina to Johannes

"The bow in the Patriarch's chambers?" Valina says, raising an eye brow as she looks at Johannes. "You're not dwarf enough for that bow, friend. While he may display his weapons and armor, they are still very much his. He just had no need of it during a dinner. Or did he?" she says and gives Johannes a gentle poke with a smile.

"Sorry, Old Nail Driver is not for the offering. Have no fear though, we have something in mind for ye. Been looking for an excuse to craft one, truly. Just give us some time"

Johannes nods.

"I will look forward to further discussions, then, Madam. And, should it be necessary, I stand completely ready to demonstrate how dwarf enough I am."

He doffs his hat.

Strangie
2013-09-28, 08:24 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt approached Buehler, having been listening to his conversation about Sable with Grathalmor.

"So... she's really dead, huh," he said, giving Buehler a serious look. "I see now 'dat you had to do what was necessary, but... I want to know what happened. She was a good friend to me, I'd at least like to have 'dat much."

He looked rather skeptical at the proposition that Sable was really dead, but he needed some kind of closure. Of course, he took what Buehler would say with a grain of salt, but it was better than nothing.

mshady
2013-09-30, 08:05 AM
Johannes nods.

"I will look forward to further discussions, then, Madam. And, should it be necessary, I stand completely ready to demonstrate how dwarf enough I am."

He doffs his hat.

Valina giggles at the remark from Johannes, even sparring a moment to fan herself. Even Buehler snickers a little.

"Well, you're welcome to demonstrate that but I'm not sure the Patriarch goes that way" she says, pausing to smirk at Johannes.

mshady
2013-09-30, 08:09 AM
"Sunderin'?" Grathalmor says "Well that explains why everyt'ins so beat up, don't it?" The thought hadn't occurred to him before. Maybe he should keep it after all...

Grathalmor rolls his eyes. The vow was still a sore spot for him... "Got meself a right fine set o' Delzoun half-plate too." he replies. "I'll be keepin' it ta wear."

Valina nods in reply to Grathalmor.

"Alright, I hear Buna is requesting ye as her Sworn Shield so I'm glad you'll have some good armor. Ye can hang on to the sword, but it is a runic weapon oddly enough. With some delicate work, we might be able to put the runes on something else for ye. If that kinda weapon be yer thing. Let me know, m'kay?"

Toliudar
2013-09-30, 10:27 AM
Valina giggles at the remark from Johannes, even sparring a moment to fan herself. Even Buehler snickers a little.

"Well, you're welcome to demonstrate that but I'm not sure the Patriarch goes that way" she says, pausing to smirk at Johannes.

Johannes affects a world-weary sadness, but with a twinkle in his eye. "I never really understood why everyone assumes that these 'ways' are mutually exclusive. If there's one thing that recent stories and events should indicate, it's that such narrow either/or thinking only leads to trouble. Well, some lessons need to be learned not once, but many times.

"Still, it was not the Patriarch but his beautiful Forgemark advisor who impugned my dwarfhood, and it was to her that the correction, and dare I say invitation, was proferred. We will doubtless be here for a short time yet, and even long lives should be lived to the fullest. Perhaps you would have time for dinner this evening?"

Johannes reaches out as if to touch her long curling hair, but stops himself a good foot short of this.

"Well, you know how to reach me."

Is that how best to deal mechanically with a seduction attempt? Who knows. For all I know, she's gay/married/this is not how you want your stories to proceed. But just in case: Diplomacy: [roll0], using an IP.

Grodech
2013-10-08, 08:16 PM
Valina nods in reply to Grathalmor.

"Alright, I hear Buna is requesting ye as her Sworn Shield so I'm glad you'll have some good armor. Ye can hang on to the sword, but it is a runic weapon oddly enough. With some delicate work, we might be able to put the runes on something else for ye. If that kinda weapon be yer thing. Let me know, m'kay?"

"Nah, 'dats not my thing." Grathalmor replies, laying it back on the pile. "I also wanna trade 'dese tings in fer somethin' a little more powerful." He lays the gloves of ogre power on the table. "One o'dem belts fer giant strengt, mebbe wit' some healin' built in. I also wanna get 'dese upgraded." he indicates his helmet, his shield and his amulet of natural armor. "And 'den I want ta get one o'dem backpacks 'dat are bigger on 'da inside 'den outside, and sometin' ta help protect me from high falls, an' somethin' ta keep me from gettin' too warm or cold in me armor." He pauses, making sure she gets it all, then adds "An' if'n I got enough cash left, maybe one o' dem rings 'dat keep ya from needin' ta eat or drink 'dat Nalrak told me about."

For your reference, here's the link to the list. (http://www.giantitp.com/forums/showpost.php?p=16176850&postcount=4021)

mshady
2013-10-08, 11:35 PM
Johannes affects a world-weary sadness, but with a twinkle in his eye. "I never really understood why everyone assumes that these 'ways' are mutually exclusive. If there's one thing that recent stories and events should indicate, it's that such narrow either/or thinking only leads to trouble. Well, some lessons need to be learned not once, but many times.

"Still, it was not the Patriarch but his beautiful Forgemark advisor who impugned my dwarfhood, and it was to her that the correction, and dare I say invitation, was proferred. We will doubtless be here for a short time yet, and even long lives should be lived to the fullest. Perhaps you would have time for dinner this evening?"

Johannes reaches out as if to touch her long curling hair, but stops himself a good foot short of this.

"Well, you know how to reach me."

Is that how best to deal mechanically with a seduction attempt? Who knows. For all I know, she's gay/married/this is not how you want your stories to proceed. But just in case: Diplomacy: [roll0], using an IP.

Valina smiles at Johannes, looking him in the eye for a moment and gently pulling his hand away from her hair, but not after allowing it for a moment.

"You must be the bold one I heard about" she says and chuckles, "handsome too"

Buehler watches the scene and rolls his eyes.

"I'd be glad to join you for dinner another night, but alas, I have a prior engagement. Perhaps if you continue to be so charming, I might be free another night?" she says, and leans in towards Johannes.

For Johannes

"Good try. I'm not as easy as that. Keep up the good work though" Valina whispers to Johannes.

She withdraws and looks over in Magnum's direction.

"Still free for dinner tonight?" she says and smiles at the warrior.

Toliudar
2013-10-08, 11:53 PM
Johannes

Johannes smiles and shrugs in the gallic style at Valina's polite rebuff. He leans in to respond when she murmurs to him.

"Madam, you diminish us both by assuming that dinner is some means to a prize."

He doffs his hat in congratulations and concession to Magnum, and literally bows out of the conversation.

mshady
2013-10-09, 12:52 AM
Wrapping Up…

“Look, I’m handing out what’s due but we’re not yer waiters either. Go see a quartermaster and sort this out. Just don’t spend it all in one place, unless it’s here, which is good” Buehler chuckles at the remark.

“We’re going to button up for a bit here, with the dragons and our old kin all stirred up. No one’s going anywhere till spring, with the Icewind Pass snowed in. Well, unless it’s to the Ten Towns or Ironmaster, that kind of thing. Some more immediate orders for ye though. Let’s see…
Magnum and Thordrek, get yer coin secure and cleaned up. Yer meeting with the Patriarch again tonight, after someone has dinner with someone. After that, both of ye report to General Barakas for some temporary assignments. Ye might have a training detail coming up.

Nalrak, until spring comes, you’ll be seeing after our wounded from the recent battles. When everyone is healed as well as they can be and someone else can take over, ye are going with the Patriarch and Magnum on that trip to Earthfast. We may be taking a Stoneburner with us, or just try to heal as many as we can and offer some support. They may not take kindly to us coming in and finishing their fight.

Grathalmor, ye are to report to Buna as her Sworn Shield unless ye have an objection, which ye can take up with her. With Carmard still recovering, she’s the highest Arcanii in residence here. Keep an eye on her.
Johannes, I know you’d like to get some travel doing, but the Patriarch is going to have ye and Tolrin, along with some guards, meet the drow on neutral ground. The Stoneburner got their attention, and I’d like ye to convince them they’re not next on our punch list. That’s not a war we need. They may also have information on the whereabouts and activities of the Unalloyed Church, or maybe even Thurgar. If so, find out the price. That’s happening in a 10 day. After that, yer going to pay a visit to Sigil and check in on the Godsmen. Seeing as we fought a war in their house to get the Stoneburner, I’d like to see where they’re at. We actually have a bit of a relationship with’em as they make the glowstones for the Stoneburners. You and Tolrin need to get that pipe reopened, or at least try to.
Arman? Well, yer welcome to stick around or not as ye wish. If ye wish to stay around, we have some duties for ye.

Wyatt, ye have till spring to help Kal-resh figure out why civilized folk wear pants in polite company and the ways o’the world. Help him out. I heard ye two worked good together, so I want ye to see about some forays into the tundra around here. I also want ye to check out the site o’the Stoneburner and see what be happening there. Now get yer affairs sorted and get on this stuff as soon as ye can. Get it done” Buehler informs them. He seems a bit impatient to get this all over and on to something else.

Anything else here? If not, moving along…

Toliudar
2013-10-09, 09:51 AM
Johannes

Johannes nods his understanding of Buehler's charge. He noted the rather cavalier reference to establishing a desire to produce stoneburners in larger quantities, a thought that made the young dwarf's stomach drop out, but Johannes thought that he covered well. Johannes glances over at Wyatt and Kal-Resh. Clearly, he'd hoped to be reassigned alongside some of the less patriarchal of the Patriarchate's patriarchs, and Johannes nodded sadly to the halfling and orcblood.

Gryndel
2013-10-09, 01:13 PM
She withdraws and looks over in Magnum's direction.

"Still free for dinner tonight?" she says and smiles at the warrior.

Magnum made no comment during the exchange between Valina and Johannes, not even a facial expression to show any reaction whatsoever. When she smiled in his direction, he returned a slight grin and bowed his head politely, "Oh indeed, m'lady, fer a goodly time 'ere da meetin' wid da Patriarch. In fact, I'm greatly look forward ta sharin' a meal wid ye, Valina. Perhaps we can get started early, if'n yer free after dis meetin'?"

OOC: Actually I do believe it was a breakfast meeting, after which we were to discuss the details of the item he wants crafted (Periapt of Wisdom). But given the exchange just now, he'll play along and gladly have dinner with her too - or instead. BTW, does he have any idea whether she's married or not? If he doesn't know, he'll ask her later - of course.

Gryndel
2013-10-09, 01:22 PM
“We’re going to button up for a bit here, with the dragons and our old kin all stirred up. No one’s going anywhere till spring, with the Icewind Pass snowed in. Well, unless it’s to the Ten Towns or Ironmaster, that kind of thing. Some more immediate orders for ye though. Let’s see…

Magnum and Thordrek, get yer coin secure and cleaned up. Yer meeting with the Patriarch again tonight, after someone has dinner with someone. After that, both of ye report to General Barakas for some temporary assignments. Ye might have a training detail coming up.”

Magnum scooped his share into his haversack, the large pile disapppearing rapidly. He nodded and grinned as he replied to Buehler, "Aye sir, wouldna miss it fer all da gold what's ever been dug up! As ta trainin' missions, it be one o'me specialties."

thorgrim29
2013-10-09, 03:14 PM
Thordrek

No trip to Waterdeep then? Shame, I was looking forward to it.

This is said lightly, with no real bitterness

Alright then, I'll go make a shopping list and look for the quartermaster. See you later Magnum. Sir, Lady Valina, everyone, it's been a pleasure, let's meet up for drinks before we all go our own way

If no one stops him he collects his coins and leaves

Grodech
2013-10-09, 07:28 PM
"Wait up, Thordrek." Grathalmor says, gathering his things and coins. "I'll go wit' ya."

Strangie
2013-10-09, 07:51 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt raised an eyebrow at his assignment, and then shrugged. "'dis might sound weird, but 'dis is actually something I have experience in. Telling people why pants are important, and... other things."

He grumbled a bit, muttering. "Dodged my Sable question, though, did ya... well... so much for 'dat." He sighs, shaking his head, looking to Johannes. "Hey, good luck out 'dere, eh? And to everybody else... Thanks for everything you've done for me."

He nodded, turning to Kal-Resh. "Well, looks like it's gonna be you and me, friend. Don't worry 'dough. Wearin' pants is somethin' you'll get used to. I'll take ya around. We'll go explore and see things. It'll be good times... You know, you remind me of 'dis half-dragon berserker guy I worked with a while ago."

He shoveled his share of coinage into his haversack, waved his hands a bit as he walked, in his strange, jumpy way. "And he would say," and then he tries to imitate the best deep, gruff husskie ruskie (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/HuskyRusskie) voice that he could. "'But leetle man, why is Vikari needing to wear shirt? Vikari eez best looking person in stoopid village' and I'd hafta tell 'em, 'Because you frighten small children even WITH clothes. Don't give 'dem anymore reasons to be afraid.' And he came around to it... eventually. And if he can do it, YOU can do it! It'll all work out."

BelGareth
2013-10-09, 09:50 PM
Kal-Resh smiles and nods as he is ordered to become 'Civilized' it didn't look so bad, they all seemed to wear a lot of clothing, more than they needed, which he wasn't so sure about, he liked being free, open, the wind...

He smiled again, his canines pointing out of his lips giving him that feral look again.

Looking to the pile of gold he didn't know what to do with it, "Er....Kal has no bag to carry all this..." he says to no one in particular, but more to Wyatt and Johannes. He saw sadness in Johannes eyes and he wandered why, they were all safe underground, he couldn't quite understand why, the others seemed very happy, that one was about to go eat again.

Oooh food, that is a good idea. Turning to Wyatt he asks, "can we eat first? All this talk about food has gotten Kal hungry!"

OMG PONIES
2013-10-11, 04:52 PM
Nalrak Ironfist

Nalrak listens in silence as the others discuss their desired purchases. He tries to follow their conversation, but he's preoccupied with the Patriarch's words upon the swearing of his vow. He looks for any distraction, any excuse to put off the difficult conversation with Grath. Luckily, Buehler provides one when he starts handing out orders. Nalrak's pleased to hear that he'll be back to healing--something he knows--but he's not too sure about the prospect of lugging another Stoneburner into a populated area. He listens as Grath and the others receive their assignments, then swallows his pride and approaches his cousin. "Grath, a minute of your time in private?" he chokes out.

Grodech
2013-10-12, 09:52 AM
"Sure." Grath says to Nalrak. He turns to Thordrek "I'll catch up." Then he moves off to a corner with Nalrak. "Watcha need?"

mshady
2013-10-17, 11:12 PM
Before he goes, Buehler stops and looks at Nalrak with a sorrowful look for a moment.

"Regarding your donation, Nalrak, the Patriarch says that the Silver Knightingales require no donations. Your funds would be better served with smaller causes in greater need. In other words, he's not going to make it easy on you. Think of a debt you owe or something you can do with it that would make some lives or cause better. Start an orphanage, Thayan Slave Emancipation, you name it" Buehler says and smiles. "Y'all have a good one!" he says and waves bye to everyone.

mshady
2013-10-18, 12:27 AM
Thordrek and Magnum see The Patriarch

Hours later, the two dwarves are collected by members of The Patriarch’s Own. They are returned to the Patriarch’s chambers, and instead of finding a dinner set out, they find an empty table. Instead, they are led into a deeper chamber. There is a canopied bed and a thick stone desk that the Patriarch sits behind. He has a decanter of spirits on his desk, a mug and piles of scrolls. Candles burn around him and he squints through some battered old spectacles. He sees them walk in and motions for them to have a seat.
“Come in, have a seat. Thank ye for coming. I say this as if you had a choice I suppose, if only out of respect for me, but thank ye for coming willingly I suppose” Hignar says and gives them a sad smile. He glances down at a paper and rubs his brow for a moment, a look of mild annoyance.

“So I put some thought into it, and couldn’t decide. I was hoping the two of ye could me do that. I have a wee bit of a proposal. It involves some real responsibility and going far away from here. As I mentioned in my story the other day, Azmorndin Halls lay in the Twin Peaks of Urlspur, just north of the Thunderpeaks was where we made our home until the war with the Tethyamar and the Iron House of Ghellin. Such foolishness.

My aim is to recover those halls, halls sealed tight and that could only be opened by certain runes. When Thurgar was driven out of there, he took those powerful runes of opening with him and they are now in the hands of my kin. At the time, it was something we were not able to recover as we left. An oversight, I know, but they were as protected as the Hammer Staff was. The interesting thing though, is that two Runes of Opening were made. One for the King, and one for the Church. At the time, it was merely symbolic. Now, with the doors closed and wards activated, it may be impossible to retake it without a key.

Now, Thurgar left with the keys for the Church, but Ballyrand had fled with the casket of his father, King Reigan. They left with a relative handful of supporters to find someplace quiet, to live as a Hidden Clan and away from all the conflict of their time. We believe they fled to the west, into The Stonelands or possibly the Eastern Stormhorns. I would like to take advantage of an old offer from the King of Cormyr, where they would grant title to one of the old keeps there in exchange for pacifying the immediate area and protect it enough to allow settlement. Ye would be in charge of rebuilding the keep and running it, would have title as a lord of the keep, and would survey the area to find exactly where Ballyrand took Reigan and the Rune. Ye would have troops, masons and other support from us, as well as griffons to allow aerial patrol of the area. If Azmorndin Halls can be reopened, I intend to move our capital from here back to there. If I can do that, I can also help aide the Prince Tasster recover his own Halls sooner rather than later.

This would be a full time job, and you’d have to see to its reconstruction. We’d give ye whatever we can spare. I believe both of ye are qualified, Magnum has many years of experience and is a tested battle leader and ideal for a rough area. Thordrek, ye are both a scholar and a warrior and would do well too. Since there only be one title to give here, I’d like ye both to make your case to me as to whom would be the best choice. Hard to ask of ye, I know, but help me with this” he says and frowns at them, sympathetic but weary.

OOC: I would like to make use of the Stronghold Builder guide for this, to be provided, so you would really be designed and making some decisions on what the future jumping off point for the campaign would be.

thorgrim29
2013-10-21, 10:06 PM
Thordrek

After the Patriarch finishes speaking his piece, Thordrek lets out a long whistle

It's quite humbling that you trust me, us, that much sire. How would allegiance work? I wouldn't want to get mixed up in a war with Zenth or someplace while the North is in trouble.

All right, here's my opinion, I'll try to keep it unbiased. Which one of us is the better choice is probably going to depend on how hostile the land is, and I have to rely on you for that seeing as all I know about Cormyr is that their kings are all named Azoun and they have an inordinate fondness for purple. I'm probably about as good at coordinating and participating in a few fights as Magnum, and unless he has an unknown talent for divination I'd stand a better chance of finding your kin's resting place. Plus I know humans better then he does.

That being said, there's a big difference between strategy and tactics, and Magnum is much better at strategy then I am, and he has experience training troops and inspiring them, so if you expect a longer campaign involving more then a few score combatants I believe he would be the better choice.

I'd of course be happy to concentrate on the research aspect of the mission, and I imagine he would accept a post as my second in command if you choose me.

mshady
2013-10-21, 11:36 PM
Hignar nods and smiles wryly at Thordrek before replying.

"Do I expect a longer campaign there? Well I don't plan on staying too long there. I want to go home" the Patriarch says firmly. "Going to the Stonelands and expecting it to be an easy time would be akin to putting your foot into a mound of fire ants and not expecting to get bit. Every crevice where there is a bit of water is a brawl waiting to happen. The place is lousy with goblins, kobolds, some orcs and bandits hiding out from the armies of Cormyr. Cormyr doesn't hand out titles to its land to just any area, it is an area they want pacified but don't have the resources to do it. Anyone crazy or rich enough to try though is welcome to it. Fortunately, I'm both"

The Patriarch shrugs at both of them and shakes his head.

"This is no prize. It may be a privilege to take a real title, but you're signing up to lead a campaign and slog through all the mud and blood you can imagine. Going to the stonelands means the men and dwarves you lead are going to die like dogs from just the regular stuff out there. There's an old Netherese city that fell deep out there, and some scary stuff creeps outta there and other places too. I want enough dwarves and minotaurs out there to run things, but the rest are going to be mercenaries. We have more gold than lives to waste. That said, don't get mixed up in any other fights than ye have to.

If we find Azmorndin Halls, I fully intend on taking the Forgemark Brotherhood and some support right into the teeth of Thunderholme. A dracolich holding a dwarf hall that wronged us once already and killed a king of my Clan is on my list. I don't care if that place is full of thousands of undead, I want that drac's skull. Which he knows, and the Cult of the Dragon knows, so I doubt they'll be happy once they know we are back in the neighborhood of the Thunderpeaks even remotely.

All of ye who went on the 'burner mission will be joining ye at some point. Beyond that, I'd like to hear some ideas on what ye think you need to put a broken old keep back together with walls like cheese cloth and towers more like cavities. The requisitions for this are a bit of an ongoing discussion right now amongst us old farts, and I'd like to see some other opinions. Buehler has a contact in mind for finding mercenaries down there.

As for why we're trusting ye, why I'm trusting ye, you two and the rest of yer group are fully "in" at this point. If ye are confronted by my kin again at any point, I know yer not falling for their head games. There are but a few that know all ye do"

Gryndel
2013-10-23, 01:05 PM
Magnum

The Sum Alaghor tugged his beard in thought for long moments, gladly letting Thordek speak first. His brow furrowed and he grumbled a bit before finally forming words, "If'n we're gonna be in a war, constantly battlin' ta dominate da area, I'd be da best dwarf fer da job. However, as ye well know, bein' Lord of a keep an' rulin' amounts ta much more'n just trainin' fer war an' leadin' troops in battle. Dealin' wid da rulers of Cormyr might take a bit more diplomacy'n I could muster. It'd probably be in everyone's best interest ta give da job ta Thordek, I'd be more'n happy ta support 'im as General."

With a shrug, Magnum added, "I agree wid Thordek's strategy, sounds like a good plan ta me. I could use some magic ta shore up da walls fer a start, but we'd want sturdier stuff built eventually. As fer divinations, I be no expert, but I have some access ta spells dat might help, soon ta be more so."

mshady
2013-10-24, 11:36 PM
The Patriarch

Hignar looks between Magnum and Thordrek and takes it all in thoughtfully for a moment. He smiles kindly at both of them.

"I can't say any of that amounts to insights I have not had myself. I've been to the Stonelands before to look and never found anything really. There is just too much space for a few of us to cover, and far too hostile to stay long, even for the best of us. That place will grind you down, if you let it.

Still though, we seem to all be striking the same piece of iron. I'm not one to stand on formality unless it serves a purpose, so let me just be gone with it.

Thordek Turron, I name ye Baron of the Stonelands. Magnum Ruriksson, I name ye Captain of the Stonelands. Here's a map o'the area and a journal for yer daily log of activities and yer losses. There be a few options on where to set up. I'd like an idea of how many men ye need, yer plan for dealing with mercenaries and dealing with Cormyr itself, should that come up. I don't expect much trouble with them, I'm owed a few favors there" Hignar says and chuckles at that. More than a few, one would imagine.

"Two weeks long enough for a first draft of yer plan?" he asks. Assuming agreement, the meeting is probably over, pending any comments or questions.

mshady
2013-10-25, 01:08 AM
Moving On: Grathalmor

As everything wraps up, it is time for the group to move on. The first to find their assignment would be Grathalmor, after he finishes up with his discussion with his cousin. The next day, he seeks out Buna and finds her in the morning after breakfast. In the maze that is the Soulhammer Halls, she is located on an upper level, just off a spiral staircase that goes down the center of the halls.

He finds her standing in front of a table with two younger female dwarves. She is looking at a table with all of her equipment laid out upon it, freshly returned from the smiths and a good polishing. In the corner of the room is a fairly simple looking but large-ish bed with some fine purple sheets on it. The other side of the room is dominated by a book case of reasonable size, a heavy stone desk, a work table and a small smithing anvil, along with some tools. Several candelabras burn, giving the room a soft but adequate lighting. A half eaten meal sits on the desk, along with a mug of ale. A little early for an ale, isn't it?

She ignores Grathalmor for a good minute as she talks over various issues with her equipment. The young dwarves, presumably young Arcanii themselves, appear to be squiring for her. Assistants, really. When she is finished, she returns to Grathalmor.

"Thanks for coming so early, and my apologies for the early hour. Well, it's late for me. Haven't slept today really, too much to do!" she says and smiles at him. "Glorian told me that I have no choice about having a Sworn Shield, and with Carmard down and considering retirement, I'm the Senior Arcanii here. Hence, why I need a Sworn Shield. Tried to avoid it for as long as I could, but no choice now really. The prior one was reassigned to Barakbarr, so here I am. So sorry, but if it had to be someone, I figured it should be you. Don't worry, not going to make you carry me on a shield or fetch me drinks or whatever"

"Now, next week we are marching out to deal with some orc tribe that wandered out in the mountains. They've been holed up, not really bothering anyone yet, but they are too close to Sunderhelme for comfort. 50 or 60 of them. Nega will be riding out from Sunderhelme with your cousin I reckon, we are to provide a little extra support and the magic. This seems to come up every few weeks, so get used to it.

Now, I can handle myself mostly. You've seen it. You planning to be a body guard and stick close to me all the time or go out and do whatever needs doing? I know how Carmard liked it, but what are yer actual thoughts?" she asks him.

Grodech
2013-10-25, 09:56 AM
Grathalmor didn't voice it, but he'd rather it be him as well. He got along with Buna well enough, and he liked being around her. "Bein' a Sworn Shield is about watchin' yer back while ya work yer magic." Grathalmor says "Carmard liked 'is freedom, but you see what dat got 'im. A missin' leg. I'll do what needs doin', but don't expect me ta run yer errands and leave ye ta get limbs cut off."

Gryndel
2013-10-25, 11:07 AM
Magnum

Pleased with the result of the meeting, the Sum Alaghor stood and saluted, "Aye Patriarch, oughta more'n enuf time. How we be gettin' to it? If we be marchin', any suggestions about da route? Also, any chance dat any o'da Arcanii will be accompanyin' us?"

Picking up the map, he left the journal for Throdek. With a proud grin and a wink he said, "I've got a few ideas about a good location fer da keep. Shall we, Baron?"

Should work out well for the new Leadership feat too, some stout person as cohort and some fanatically loyal troops. I'm hoping they'll all be dwarves and followers of Clangeddin, but neither is necessary.

thorgrim29
2013-10-26, 12:28 AM
Thordrek

Thank you sir, I won't disappoint. 2 weeks should be more then enough... I'll be wanting to take a few key people over there for a quick trip before spring, to take in the lay of the land and visit Cormyr's capital, Su... something right?, there's only so much you can get from maps so I should have a good idea of who and what I'll need short term by tomorrow

Is Valina aware of this? I'd like to go dig into everything we have on Cormyr and any records we may have on Ballyrand and his followers and I'll need the help of one of her people to navigate the archives... I wont know how complete Cormyr's archives of that period are until I see them, but in any case a trip to Spirit Soaring may be of use too, they supposedly have records of almost everyhting there

After the Patriarch answers the question about Valina, Thordrek beams at Magnum

Well captain, let's find a barrel of ale and a quiet room. We have things to discuss privately, and then I think I'll want to bring at least Wyatt and Joh into the initial planning. Wyatt knows more about maps and terrain then I ever will, and Joh is generally useful in any given situation. As I was saying, I'd like to get a small team on site as soon as possible, I'm sure we can wrangle half a dozen teleport scrolls from the arcani or the quartermaster.

mshady
2013-10-27, 11:29 PM
Nodding at both of them, Hignar holds up his hand.

"Captain Magnum, Baron Thordek, one at a time please" he says and smiles at them. "I like the sound of that, you?"

"Any deployment of the Patriarchate, I require to have an Arcanii. We don't have a lot of them, but we've been fortunate to have lost very few that we have been trained. Nor have we been stretched thin by our deployments. I expect both to change soon. So yes, an Arcanii will be going with you. That would be Buna, and her Swornshield Grathalmor. I'm going to try to talk her into taking a second one.

Right now, she is the senior Arcanii of Soulhammer Hall until a replacement can be provided. She'd never be happy here for too long, and while she's working on the 'playing well with others' thing still, she has an adventurer's heart. Take up this kind of mission, especially one far abroad, would suit her well.

As for Valina... yes, she is aware. In fact, she will be joining you. As our head archivist, she is the best equipped to help you find the place and survive its exploration. I wouldn't bother with going to Spirit Soaring or Candlekeep. Valina has already been there and knows anything they know of use, which is slim. This kind of history was not really recorded, and I'll be damned if I give them a manuscript of it. Fair enough?" he asks and takes a draught of ale from his mug.

"Anything else? If not, gather folks up and tell them. Start with your plan. What do you need and such. We're not without means, but there are limits to what I'll indulge, even for this. For example, yer not going to get a bunch of teleport scrolls so ye can zip all over the place. I may not look it now, but I actually walked from Cormyr to up here and back a few times over the years. Good for yer fitness, ye may want to try it" he chuckles at them with a gleam in his eye.

"Instead of scrolls, ye might be thinking pack horses and wagons. Ye got a lot to move down that way but aye, an advance trip to pick yer site would be in order. Let me know when yer ready to go. I might send General Barakas or Genar with ye"

mshady
2013-10-27, 11:45 PM
Grathalmor didn't voice it, but he'd rather it be him as well. He got along with Buna well enough, and he liked being around her. "Bein' a Sworn Shield is about watchin' yer back while ya work yer magic." Grathalmor says "Carmard liked 'is freedom, but you see what dat got 'im. A missin' leg. I'll do what needs doin', but don't expect me ta run yer errands and leave ye ta get limbs cut off."

Buna

"Fair enough. I respect that. Now, could ye hand me that cup of water?" she asks him and smiles.

"I'm not sure how long this is going to be. Trying not to get settled in, but I gotta settle in. Some expeditions coming up and all, things to do and all that. Now really though, at least the first one is going to be easy enough. Have to keep the undesirables out of the neighborhood. Up here, we kill orcs, unlike the Battlehammers. Truth be told, the Patriarch wants to make sure they don't get the idea of coming up this way. The dragon makes a nice deterent, although truth be told, the Aurilites are part of the reason they all got the hell outta the mountains to begin with.

We have some barbarian tribes up here, some bandits and all that. It's not glorious, but its something. I'd rather it be like this, instead of going toe to toe with that Gemma. Go take care o'what ye need with the quartermaster, and if ye need leave to go elsewhere, we can work that out. I have to have a Swornshield, but he doesn't always have to be around either."

mshady
2013-10-28, 12:04 AM
Wyatt and Kal-resh

Wyatt and Kal-resh spend the next day or so talking about what life was like in civilization. They are assigned to quarters next to each other, and do quite a bit of talking about things. The half orc has a long way to go, but he has a degree of common sense that is at least helpful. The idea of wearing clothes and so on takes some getting used to, at least more ‘civilized’ ones. Being inside the dwarf fortress, surrounded by its oppressive stone makes him feel like the world was going to fall on top of him. Whenever possible, he tries to get outside and just sit on the walls and look out.

After a couple of days, Buehler pops in to see them. He has a bottle of ale and some cups in his hand and asks the two how Kal-resh is adjusting. Does he feel comfortable? How does he feel about staying on?

After that, he produces a map and points to a location just outside of a town in Icewind Dale called Lonelywood. There is a druidic circle there, mainly composed of elves and half elves that are not overly friendly to outsiders, but a fellow druid regardless of race might be welcomed. If so, they could help Kal-resh find some equipment that could help him, or at least some guidance on where to find it or how to make it.

He also produces another map, one that is an area much further to the north. There are arrows showing a general route, but nothing specific. The area goes past the tundra and into the glacier flows of the north.

“I want you to ask them if they know the way to the home of the arctic dwarves. Where might they be in the glaciers. I’d like to go meet the neighbors” he says with a grin. “When Johannes gets back from Sigil, I’d like all three of ye to go visit them”

Grodech
2013-10-28, 05:03 AM
Buna

"Fair enough. I respect that. Now, could ye hand me that cup of water?" she asks him and smiles.

Grathalmor hands her the cup. A test, he was sure, but nothing to grumble about.


Buna
"I'm not sure how long this is going to be. Trying not to get settled in, but I gotta settle in. Some expeditions coming up and all, things to do and all that. Now really though, at least the first one is going to be easy enough. Have to keep the undesirables out of the neighborhood. Up here, we kill orcs, unlike the Battlehammers. Truth be told, the Patriarch wants to make sure they don't get the idea of coming up this way. The dragon makes a nice deterent, although truth be told, the Aurilites are part of the reason they all got the hell outta the mountains to begin with.

We have some barbarian tribes up here, some bandits and all that. It's not glorious, but its something. I'd rather it be like this, instead of going toe to toe with that Gemma. Go take care o'what ye need with the quartermaster, and if ye need leave to go elsewhere, we can work that out. I have to have a Swornshield, but he doesn't always have to be around either."

"I visited da quartermaster yesterday." Grath replied "It'll be a tenday or so afore everyt'ing's ready." He agreed with her on going toe to toe with Gemma, but he didn't voice it. Gorm willing, she was destroyed when the stoneburner went off, but he didn't think they had that kind of luck...

thorgrim29
2013-10-28, 11:58 AM
Thordrek

It does have a nice ring to it doesn't it?

Buna and Grath are solid, I'll be glad to have them along, and if she does'nt want to take another Arcani the elf would do almost as well. He doesn't talk much and he's a bit fragile but Arman is very good at what he does. I'll probably want to take most of the Stoneburner team with me actually if you don't have a pressing need for them. I can't think of any bunch I'd rather have watching my back.... Well then let's get to it

((alright let's speed this up a bit, I thing we're boring the others, I can hash out the specifics with Gryndel by PM))

After conferring with Magnum, he and Thordrek spend the rest of the day searching for their companions, telling them that they had been put in charge of establishing a foothold in the stonelands and that they'd like to talk it over with them after supper. Thordrek also visits Valina.

Hello mam' as you're aware the Patriarch has put Magnum and myself in charge of the Stonelands mission, he as Captain and me as Baron. I'm gathering a few key people tonight to explain the situation and what their roles would be if they decide to join in. You are of course most welcome there, but if you can't make it could you send one of your archivists who knows that region to give a brief expose on the situation and bring me a couple of books on Cormys as I know very little about the country?

Strangie
2013-10-29, 07:36 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt seems to enjoy having Kal-Resh around - showing him around. It seems he's had experience in this type of thing.. showing around a big dummy who knows nothing about the world around him and getting him used to things.

When Buehler pops over, he looks over the maps, rubbing his chin. "Yeah? The neighbors, huh. Well... okay. Yeah. Joh seems like he's been itchin' to get some adventuring going on with me, so 'dis'll be good."

He looks up at Buehler, with a serious look. "Hey... I dunno if you're not allowed to tell me, or whatever, but, I gotta know. What really happened to Sable? I was told she died, but not how, or anything. And while I find 'dat hard to believe, well, if she really did, I'd like to know how, at least. Please."

mshady
2013-10-31, 07:34 AM
Thordrek

It does have a nice ring to it doesn't it?

Buna and Grath are solid, I'll be glad to have them along, and if she does'nt want to take another Arcani the elf would do almost as well. He doesn't talk much and he's a bit fragile but Arman is very good at what he does. I'll probably want to take most of the Stoneburner team with me actually if you don't have a pressing need for them. I can't think of any bunch I'd rather have watching my back.... Well then let's get to it

((alright let's speed this up a bit, I thing we're boring the others, I can hash out the specifics with Gryndel by PM))

After conferring with Magnum, he and Thordrek spend the rest of the day searching for their companions, telling them that they had been put in charge of establishing a foothold in the stonelands and that they'd like to talk it over with them after supper. Thordrek also visits Valina.

Hello mam' as you're aware the Patriarch has put Magnum and myself in charge of the Stonelands mission, he as Captain and me as Baron. I'm gathering a few key people tonight to explain the situation and what their roles would be if they decide to join in. You are of course most welcome there, but if you can't make it could you send one of your archivists who knows that region to give a brief expose on the situation and bring me a couple of books on Cormys as I know very little about the country?

Valina

She looks at Thordrek and gives him a lop sided smile in response.

"Of course I'm going. Who's idea do you think it was? I've been trying to figure out where the Tomb of Ballyrand was for years. Tolrin will be going to, to help smooth things over with Cormyr and Suzial. If you're wondering how that is going to work, Cormyr has given us rights to the area. It will be part of the Patriarchate, not a rent from Cormyr. They're just happy to have the area pacified a bit on the cheap, and they owed the Patriarchate a favor. Specifically Hignar. He did some of his best work down there, once upon a time. Killing a Great Wyrm for them gets you a couple favors. Ask him that story sometime. Get a couple drinks in him, he'll tell it everytime. Dragon keeps getting bigger too..." she says and smirks.

mshady
2013-10-31, 07:51 AM
Johannes

Not getting the assignment he wanted at first, Johannes was a bit glum. He wanted to go with Wyatt and Kal-resh, but Buehler had asked something else of him.

Having the most experience in Sigil, and having connections with Yennifer and the Sensates, his resume made him the ideal emissary.

They wanted him to go to see the Godsmen and try to smooth things over with them, so the Patriarchate made a pipeline for more glowstones. That meant they could make more Stoneburners. The same stoneburner that, possessed by an enraged soul, had gutted an entire gallery of the Godsmen's great factory.

So how would he smooth that over, exactly? Would they want compensation? They did not know the use of their glowstones, at least. Still, they would want to know why the thing showed up and tried to become a God. That thought made him shiver a bit!

As he recalled, Kaladus and the late Regina had fought over the Stoneburner. They had allied with Kaladus to go after Regina, who was going to use its power for her own ends. They had gone after it with support from Kaladus' faction. It turned out that, while Regina had hoped to ride it's coat tails to power along with Kaladus, she had seized it from Kaladus and Imprisoned it. When Regina's forces broke, Kaladus had double crossed them and attacked the Patriarchate's forces only to find out he had underestimated them. A hammer throw from Carmard had broken Kaladus' leg, thus ending Kaladus' attempt to use the raw power of it for himself.

With Kaladus and Regina in tow, and no time to leave them for the leaders of the Godsmen to figure out what to do with them. The 200 Forgemark Legionnaires had left for Faitholme and beyond, and the Yugoloth mercenaries, led by a fallen hound archon named Hextros had been paid and left. As it turned out, Regina died with one of the barges and Kaladus had indeed tapped the power of the Stoneburner to use for a Gate spell to save the Anvil of Moradin before the Stoneburner had exploded. Neither Kaladus or the Anvil had been heard from since, but it had not been long.

So yes, Johannes had to smooth all these things over.

The trip would give him a chance to shop in Sigil, and to see Yennifer, but the job itself seemed difficult. It could also be dangerous to go on alone.

What does Johannes do? Does he accept or reject the assignment? Does he or does he not go alone?

What is his plan on what to say to the Godsmen? Or not say?

PS: Should be fairly quick, going to narratively address it mostly.

He would take a portal from here to Faitholme, from Faitholme to Wayward and Wayward to Sigil and back

Toliudar
2013-10-31, 10:57 AM
Johannes

It felt good to be portal-hopping again. That familiar flip of the stomach as you pass from one reality to the next. There was always the feeling that the 'you' that came out on the other side of the portal was subtly different than the one who had entered. And transformation, change, growth...these were all endlessly fascinating.

Johannes had accepted the mission with some trepidation. He was still sifting his response to the use of the Stoneburner in the first place and here he was, cast in the role of, for lack of a better term, arms dealer.

An arms dealer with a reluctant supplier. The Godsmen were no doubt going to be unhappy to see them again, considering the havoc of their last visit. Even if the Godsmen hadn't linked the Stoneburner and glowstones months ago, they would have had a great deal of time to investigate.

They weren't exactly short of diviners. It was of course possible that the Patriarch was simply sending him on a suicide mission, but that didn't really seem like Hilgar's style. Not for the first time, Johannes wished that he had Wyatt, Magnum, Thordrek, or a couple of the others by his side. But it seemed that the Patriarchate had other plans.

Johannes hoped that he didn't die. He had a shopping list from several of his companions, and more of their reward money than he'd care to lose. While he wouldn't mind dying in debt, these were good folk who were relying on him.

Stepping through the final portal, Johannes slid into a ramshackle alley in the Hive. He breathed deeply of the familiar, fetid air - redolent with a curious mix of sweat and roasting chicken, with just a hint of brimstone - and smiled deeply. Good to be back.

Order of activities:

Shopping, both for himself and any others who wanted to order custom work from Sigil.
Visit JENNNNNNN and renew their acquaintance. Take that as you will.
Gather information checks to find out whether there's been anything unusual going on with the Godsmen lately, and whether they've been using the glowstones in a public way.
An Initial visit to the Godsmen to re-introduce himself, bring respect and begin to make redress from the Patriarch.
A second visit to initiate the idea of an ongoing trade in Glowstones. Focusing on finding out what the Godsmen might want in return.
Ultimately, Hilgar is his trump card. The Godsmen are interested in apotheosis, the many ways to approach divinity without actually seeking to be a god. Hilgar is a Chosen of a major god. Johannes wants to barter access to Hilgar - to come to interview him and gain frank new insights from one who has undergone a unique transformation - for their cooperation with the glowstones.
Plus, of course, money. Everybody likes money.
Possibly relevant rolls below, using Inspiration Points as possible.


Gather Info: [roll0].
Diplomacy on the Godsmen: [roll1].
Sense Motive: [roll2].
Appraise: [roll3] on the Glowstones.

To be clear, Johannes is willing to go alone, but would prefer to travel with others. Which is to say, if anyone else wants to tag along, either to pursue their own agenda in Sigil or because they'd like to join in the negotiations, I'm completely up for that.

thorgrim29
2013-10-31, 11:53 AM
Valina

She looks at Thordrek and gives him a lop sided smile in response.

"Of course I'm going. Who's idea do you think it was? I've been trying to figure out where the Tomb of Ballyrand was for years. Tolrin will be going to, to help smooth things over with Cormyr and Suzial. If you're wondering how that is going to work, Cormyr has given us rights to the area. It will be part of the Patriarchate, not a rent from Cormyr. They're just happy to have the area pacified a bit on the cheap, and they owed the Patriarchate a favor. Specifically Hignar. He did some of his best work down there, once upon a time. Killing a Great Wyrm for them gets you a couple favors. Ask him that story sometime. Get a couple drinks in him, he'll tell it everytime. Dragon keeps getting bigger too..." she says and smirks.



Thordrek

I meant if you want to come to the briefing tonight. And I was wondering how it would work, that's good to know

BelGareth
2013-11-01, 02:10 PM
Kal-Resh enjoys his time with Wyatt, he took to the clothing, at first seeing them as novelty, but as time went on, he began to disdain them, feeling them itch and bringing his world down around him, he felt the dark embrace of the stone, and in a fit of anguish he tore them apart and ran from his room, finding solace among the spires of the battlements, the wind rushing past him and cooling his hot skin.

He has gotten better, allowing pants to be worn, but he refuses any shirt of any kind, but he sees the use of pants.

As Buehler entered the room, he was now pacing the room as a dog, whining, he stopped as soon as he entered shifting back to half dressed Kal-Resh, he nodded as Buehler spoke, "Kal has no where to go", he says, popping a squat where he stood, making the dwarf look down instead of up "Kal would happily stay with his friends, Kal has no other friends."

He scratches his ear as he listens to Buehler's request for help with a Druid circle, a Druid Circle, he had heard of such things, but never seen one, only his old friend...and the animals. "Kal would love to go to this circle, Kal will ask them of the Ice dwarves, Kal will do his best, will Kal's friends be going?"

mshady
2013-11-04, 11:29 PM
Grathalmor at the Quartermaster

"Really? Are ye saying our little guns don't hurt big dragons?" the grizzled old quartermaster snarls at Grathalmor. "What would ye suggest to deal with that?"

mshady
2013-11-05, 12:17 AM
Kal, Wyatt and Buehler

"No, just you two for this run. Johannes has some business elsewhere. The places he gets to, I swear" Buehler says with a wink.

He tosses a scroll tube on the table with wooden *clunk*.

"Head up to Lonelywood. Tell them yer from the Patriarchate of Moradin and ye are a druid staying with us. Make friends, have some tea with them, hug some trees and smoke some moss. Whatever ye folks do.

Don't join their Circle, they're a bit extreme, but if ye explain yer need, they will help ye out. Probably. Oh yeah, they're mainly elves and isolationists. Good luck there, but I do know they need gold and they owe us some favors. Sound good to you two?"

The map shows that Lonelywood is about 30 miles north of Kelvins Cairn, so about 40 from here. You can go over the mountain, or swing around it. It would be 3 days over, but a hard road, or 4 around the mountain.

Grodech
2013-11-05, 11:14 AM
Grathalmor at the Quartermaster

"Really? Are ye saying our little guns don't hurt big dragons?" the grizzled old quartermaster snarls at Grathalmor. "What would ye suggest to deal with that?"

"I'm just tellin ya what Carmard told me ta tell ya." Grathalmor replies. "At da time, he whipped up some magic bullets. Mebbe ya can make the gun da same way.""

mshady
2013-11-05, 02:01 PM
"Oh! I see. So what yer tell'n me is Carmard wanted ye to tell me to tell him to make magicked bullets for you? I'm not see'n how I'm involved here" the dwarf says to Grathalmor and squints at him, giving Grathalmor and long, intimidating look before breaking out into a belly laugh.

"Yeah, we should look into that. Actually we got a few boxes full of 'dem, guess no one thought to issue ye any. We got a variety, actually. Magicked ones, a few adamantine ones, incendiary ones for troll hunt'. Since yer here, and yer cousin's taken a vow of shame or whatever, I have someth'n for ye"

The quartermaster goes into the back and rummages around before returning. He sets a box down with a thump and opens up the metal case.

Inside are two gleaming guns, mithril silver with the barrel etched in dragon scale, with the end of it being the mouth of a dragon. Each gun has a light, sandalwood grip. They are large guns, they look quite heavy really, and they have a large cylinder made of what can only be adamantine.

"We call these the Little Doctors. Carmard had them commissioned a couple months ago for ye and Nalrak. Each chamber has six shots in it, and there be two reload cylinders as well. Actual shells too, instead of powder, wad, ball and stick. Gnomish thing. Shame about Arumfaerwed, but his family had some great insights on gun making. The third cylinder, ye put a cap in the bag of it and it's a big mother, fill the rest with some specially prepared lamp oil. It'll lay down a cone o'fire. Ye want'em? If not, I'll donate them to the children or whatever the hell Nalrak wanted"

BelGareth
2013-11-05, 02:02 PM
Kal nods as Buehler speaks, he was very excited, going out on the road, across the mountains to meet new friends, it all sounded very good to him.

He was eager, a little to eager, looking to Wyatt he waited for the halflings response.

Grodech
2013-11-05, 04:31 PM
"Oh! I see. So what yer tell'n me is Carmard wanted ye to tell me to tell him to make magicked bullets for you? I'm not see'n how I'm involved here" the dwarf says to Grathalmor and squints at him, giving Grathalmor and long, intimidating look before breaking out into a belly laugh.

"Yeah, we should look into that. Actually we got a few boxes full of 'dem, guess no one thought to issue ye any. We got a variety, actually. Magicked ones, a few adamantine ones, incendiary ones for troll hunt'. Since yer here, and yer cousin's taken a vow of shame or whatever, I have someth'n for ye"

The quartermaster goes into the back and rummages around before returning. He sets a box down with a thump and opens up the metal case.

Inside are two gleaming guns, mithril silver with the barrel etched in dragon scale, with the end of it being the mouth of a dragon. Each gun has a light, sandalwood grip. They are large guns, they look quite heavy really, and they have a large cylinder made of what can only be adamantine.

"We call these the Little Doctors. Carmard had them commissioned a couple months ago for ye and Nalrak. Each chamber has six shots in it, and there be two reload cylinders as well. Actual shells too, instead of powder, wad, ball and stick. Gnomish thing. Shame about Arumfaerwed, but his family had some great insights on gun making. The third cylinder, ye put a cap in the bag of it and it's a big mother, fill the rest with some specially prepared lamp oil. It'll lay down a cone o'fire. Ye want'em? If not, I'll donate them to the children or whatever the hell Nalrak wanted"

Grathalmor's eyes light up. "No need fer dat. I'll take 'em." He says, looking them over. "Shell's ya say? Imagine dat. Where do I get da special lamp oil?"

mshady
2013-11-07, 10:49 PM
"Where do ya get it? Ye get it from the quartermaster, ye daft bugger!" the quartermaster snarls at him, and laughs.

"There is a formula in the box for it. Needs an alchemist, but it's mostly lamp oil. I think it's more showy than fatal, but what do I know?" he shakes his head.

With that, the quartermaster walks back into his shop, without bothering to offer a farewell.

Grodech
2013-11-08, 08:32 AM
Grathalmor looks in the box to see if there is a supply of the oil in it. It seems that the fact that the quatermaster even mentioned the guns was all the nicety he was going to get - not that he cared.

He closes the box back up and heads back to his quarters. Once there he opens the box back up again to take a closer look at the new guns and familiarize himself with their operation.

ooc: Since he visited the quartermaster the day of his conversation with Nalrak, I'm assuming this is more of a flashback. I'm not sure if Nalrak went with him to the quartermaster or not.

Gryndel
2013-11-08, 12:53 PM
Magnum

The war priest spent as much time as he could with Valina, inviting her to share dinner with him every night, though he didn't let that interfere with any of his duties or religious devotions. When he learned that she was going with them he seemed a bit worried about that, but secretly pleased as well. He'd never seen her in battle and wondered just how much fighting prowess she possessed, and what other battle skills an archivist like her might bring to bear. He vowed to himself to keep a close eye on her, as often as he could spare one.

Though he was anxious to obtain his new periapt (+6 wisdom) that he commissioned, he didn't pester anyone about it. But he did mention the benefits it would bring to Valina occassionally, once going into great detail about the spells he would gain from it and how they would increase his abilities on the battlefield immensely.

The pistols occupied much of his thought and time. He was devoted to train himself in their use, design, variations, and how they were crafted. Being a weaponsmith, he thought of it as part of his duty as a Sum Alaghor to learn all he could while here. So he sought out those who produced and maintained them for special training and advice.

When it came time for their briefing of everyone, the Captain of of the Stonelands had little to say, other than to support the Baron and be ready to add encouragement and express the importance of their success.

Strangie
2013-11-08, 08:55 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt looked at Buehler, then at the scroll tube. He looked mildly miffed at having his question about Sable dodged... but he lifted his hand, grabbing the scroll tube anyway. "Yeah. We'll sort it out. You can count on us."

He looks at Kal-Resh with a shrug. "We can probably cover a lot of ground the way we did in the tunnel, you and I. Maybe just fly right over the damn mountain. Either way, should be easy gettin' 'dere. We're good at 'dat sorta thing, eh?"

mshady
2013-11-09, 03:07 PM
Buehler to Wyatt

"Hold on a moment, not through yet" Buehler says and clears his throat.

"Ye keep asking me about Sable, and I thought I covered that with ye before. Makes me think ye think I might be untruthing you" he says and bites his lip, a bit annoyed.

"As ye saw, we teleported out danger close to the Stoneburner. Doing that and expecting it to go safely is a lot like pissing into the wind and hoping ye don't get wet" he says and shakes his head.

"We ported out of there and popped back into Hundlestone anywhere 'tween 50 to 100 feet over it and fell like blue fireballs. I landed square on a roof, she didn't so much, and was hurt more than I. The magic did much more o'a number on her than I do. All burned and broken up, with so real clerics in town with the big fight going on. I tried to tend her for a couple days with what help I could, hoping one o'our priests would come into town. No one showed in time, and she died from her burns. Was all I could do to keep her out of pain" Buehler stops and seems to think carefully.

"I'm not going to lie to ye. Sable just gave up living, had a pretty heavy heart about her life and passed. I left her with a prayer and the gold she earned, and that was that. She ran outta luck in this life, maybe the next" he says somberly.

"Right than, ye two were talk'n about riding each other or something. I'll leave ye too it" he smirks, shakes his head and rides off.

mshady
2013-11-09, 03:08 PM
Grathalmor looks in the box to see if there is a supply of the oil in it. It seems that the fact that the quatermaster even mentioned the guns was all the nicety he was going to get - not that he cared.

He closes the box back up and heads back to his quarters. Once there he opens the box back up again to take a closer look at the new guns and familiarize himself with their operation.

ooc: Since he visited the quartermaster the day of his conversation with Nalrak, I'm assuming this is more of a flashback. I'm not sure if Nalrak went with him to the quartermaster or not.

Not sure, lets just say he went back to complain about the bullets?

Grodech
2013-11-09, 06:30 PM
Not sure, lets just say he went back to complain about the bullets?

That's fine.

thorgrim29
2013-11-10, 10:04 PM
The briefing

Later that evening, before Wyatt, Kal Resh and Johanness leave for their respective missions, Thordrek, Magnum and Valina summon the group for a briefing. Thordrek begins the ball

Hello everyone. I'll get to the point quickly. You may remember from the Patriarch's tale that one of his ancestors, King Balleyrand, disappeared with a few followers when the clan took a... darker turn. Well, thanks to the tireless work of lady Valina and her archivists we have a fairly clear idea of where they went. In order to reclaim the ancient seat of clan Jilker we're going to find their resting place.

To that end, the Patriarch has put Magnum and myself in charge of an expedition to the Stonelands. Apparently Cormyr owes him a few dead dragons and they will give us a barony over there. As you can imagine, this won't be nearly as relaxing as our latest mission, but I can't think of anyone else I'd rather have my back, so I would like to ask all of you to join us. We will be leaving for a recon trip in a week or so, and then spend the rest of the winter preparing for a more long term expedition

Valina, if you would give more context and explain the Stonelands situation? It is your project after all

Strangie
2013-11-11, 10:03 PM
Wyatt

"I know you did, and you only said 'she passed'. Didn't go into detail like you did now. I had to know the details. 'dat's all. ... Thanks."

He sighs, shaking his head and giving Buehler a salute as he took off. "... hmm. Well... not much 'dat I can do about it now, can I." He looks at Kal-Resh, probably wondering what the heck Wyatt was talking about. "'twas a friend of mine I met on the mission before you came along. We got along good, y'know? For the brief time we knew each other, at least. She said once 'dat I was the only one she could trust to watch her back... wasn't often she let her guard down like 'dat. And usually I got a good sense of when someone is fulla crap. But..." He waved his hand dismissively. "Nevermind 'dat. It's all in the past now. 'dat's where it'll stay. You and I, we got some druids to meet, 'dough, yeah?"

mshady
2013-11-12, 09:12 AM
The Briefing

OOC: Just to get the scenes straight, everyone is here right now with the exception of Johannes. He is in Sigil at the moment.

Valina gives Thordrek an irritated look for a moment, before standing up. As she passes him, he whispers something to Thordrek.

"It's Ballyrand" she corrects him.

"Yes, the Stonelands. I think that when King Reigan left the Jilker Halls with the casket of his father, King Ballyrand, he went into the Stonelands. It's a good place to get lost, and I suspect they knew the area well. We know they left on foot, because their kin expelled them, so they could not go into the Underdark. They wouldn't go south, towards the Sibilant Shade and his undead, not north towards the Tethyamar, and not south into the swamps, so that is the only way. A few texts indicate a train of dwarves once passed into the area for no known purpose, so I can only presume it was them. There is more, but I'll spare ye for the moment.

The Stonelands are a bunch of stone ridges and valleys, with lines as regular as a can of worms. There's water in the valleys, small lakes and ponds, and it is very difficult to get from one ridge to the next without climbing. It is something of a geographical maze. It's harsh land, but animals thrive in there. It's a pretty dense area, in terms of who lives there. Lots of goblin and orc tribes in there. A fallen Netherese city deep into the Stonelands, causing a bit of an undead problem. There be dragons in there, and not many of the nice kind, but they are going to be territorial. Not enormous ones, they kill each other off too often for that, but they'll be an issue. I've heard tales of half dragon paladins that once came out of the Stonelands and waves once to Cormyr on the road. Enormous reptiles. Not dragons, but dumber ones and still dangerous. There is some literature in the library on it, but it is not a nice place.

Which is why we can't just go in there and walk around, looking for clues. It's too large and too dangerous for that. Which is why we asked Cormyr for rights to set up a keep in the area, in exchange for calming down at least part of the road. Meaning, we won't be too far off the road, so long range walkabouts are still going to be the order of the day.

The Patriarchate is going to provide all the support we can. We will probably head for Ironmaster and take a ship south as far as we can get, and walk the rest. Might be a few ships, but it will be better in the end. We will also be providing something special to assist ye. The Patriarchate has access to griffons. They're rare, but we use them around here to keep an eye on the area, much like the gold dwarves do down south. They were kind enough to provide us with some eggs year ago, so the ones you'll be riding are second generation ones and recently trained. Have fun with them" she smiles wolfishly.

"Any questions?"

Grodech
2013-11-13, 01:35 PM
Grathalmor didn't really have any questions. Sounded fairly inhospitable, but he went where Buna went, and Buna was going. What did he care about hospitable, anyway....

Thordrek and Magnum were good choices for leaders, he thought. "Sounds like dere'll be plenty o' material fer buildin a keep." he says "Do we gotta start callin Thordrek, 'Yer Highness" an stuff?"

thorgrim29
2013-11-17, 12:42 PM
Thordrek

It would be my Lord actually, and I have to think about that.... Not in private of course but we will probably need to maintain a certain amount of decorum with the mercenaries we'll be hiring.

He laughs nervously

It's all a bit embarrassing really. Now then, does anyone have other questions? We'll be leaving for the first trip in the next weeks, and you're all welcome if you don't have more pressing duties. I would specifically request that Wyatt and Kal Resh come however, Wyatt knows terrain like noone else I know about, and as Valina said there are some pretty nasty animals in the Stonelands, having a druid around might help us not to have to fight them too much

mshady
2013-11-19, 10:44 PM
For Johannes

Johannes found his way back to Sigil, enjoying the familiar sensations of the trip and utterly unique smell of the city. His mission gave him much to think about, for he was still digesting what happened. He was focused more on the Stoneburner though, rather than that they had come into conflict with other dwarves who claimed the same God but acted so differently.
Was the Stoneburner a weapon of power or fear?

He put off visiting the Godsmen for as long as he could, spending time with Yennifer. She was a hard woman to leave, and when they did part, she left him with a sensate crystal of their greatest experiences for him to remember her by. He hoped he would see her again, but they never knew when that would be. Which was half the fun, and half the tragedy.

Before he visits with the Godsmen though, he does his level best to scour the nearby taverns and squares to gather what information he could. He does not hear as much as he had hoped though. There was a lot of talk about a big dust up with the Godsmen weeks before, but little information on why or what was going on. The talk was that it was a power struggle between factions and it was all being kept in house. There was significant damage though, and it would take months to repair. Close to a thousand of Godsmen had died in the fights, no doubt several of which occurred before the Patriarchate ever arrived. A dwarf army marching through the streets into the Godsmen complex raised some eyebrows, but few bothered to speculate about it compared to everything else.

With nothing else to do for it, Johannes heads for the gates of the Godsmen. He is greeted by guards, and a wizard along with some others. Johannes presents them with a sealed letter from the Patriarch, one he had been curious about but had not attempted to read it. Johannes simply explains that he comes bearing explanation from the Patriarch of Moradin, of the Prime Material Plane about why his forces had intervened into a Godsmen affair. He would return in three days’ time, as was the custom here, to allow them a chance to consider their response. The announcement of who he was, and that they simply took the message rather than let him enter to present it to some authority figure, made Johannes think that his presence was not particularly welcome.

The next three days, Johannes spent shopping for himself and his other friends, picking through the markets for what his friends back home required, plus a few things for himself. It was nice to stroll the vast markets of Sigil. There was nothing like it in existence, of that he was certain.
When he returned in three days time, Johannes was in for quite a surprise. He was greeted and invited in, most respectfully even. The way an important delegate should be treated. Shown to a large room though, he found it filled with many Godsmen, with their red cloaks and elaborate head pieces, along with staves or other instruments. In the center of the room sat Kaladus, revitalized and younger, a vital man in his 40s or 50s now by human reckoning. He sat atop a giant anvil, the Anvil of Moradin itself, on a golden chair with steps going up to it.

“Greetings, Johannes. You’ve been expected” Kaladus purrs.

Toliudar
2013-11-20, 04:40 AM
Johannes

After three days of intensive shopping, interspersed with a few extra dips into the special pleasures of Sigil, Johannes had risen early to prepare for his return to the Great Foundry. He practiced the quick twist of the wrist that activated his new bracer of wands. He went over in his mind the parameters that Hilgar had given him for the negotiations. And he sprinkled honey dust over his chest and groin - for good luck.

Walking through the entry hall of the Foundry, he glanced at himself in the reflecting surface of a gleaming piece of machinery. Yup. Perfect. He glanced around, his recent experiences having taught him to always know the alternate exits for any given situation.

Nothing, however, prepared Johannes for the spectacle awaiting him in the audience chamber. Briefly, he thought about the logistics of getting the Anvil of Moradin through any portal he'd ever soon on Toril. He thought about the ramifications of bringing an artifact sacred to a major god into a place where the gods are personae non grata. He nodded in admiration. Kaladus may be a narcissistic, power-mad bastard, but he was both resilient and inventive.

And had a decent sense of style. Although the gold chair was, in Johannes' view, gilding the lily just a bit. The dwarf strode forward, smiling.

"I should certainly hope that I was expected. This is, after all, precisely the time at which I said I'd return. To sit down and talk business. Is it with you that I will be discussing business, Kaladus?

"And why is there no chair for me? Oh, don't worry, Kaladus. I don't expect anything quite like yours. Which matches your robe to a T, by the way. Kudos."

He glanced around, eyebrow arched, as if expecting a chair to appear out of thin air. Given the scale and variety of magical firepower in the room, it was by no means outside the realm of possibility.

mshady
2013-11-21, 03:47 AM
For Johannes

Kaladus turns and looks at one of the finer dressed servants, giving the man a scowl.

“Why is there not a chair for our guest?” he asks, an edge to his tone. The man looks startled by the look, apparently uncomfortable drawing the attention of a dangerous man.

“Y-yes, I’ll get one” he says, bows and scurries off. Kaladus waits patiently and sips from a jewel encrusted chalice as he stretches in the massive chair.
The man returns and presents Johannes with a chair. Kaladus smirks at the man and turns his attention back to Johannes.
“Being as vertically challenged as you are, I had not thought your race bothered with chairs. An oversight” he says breezily and takes another sip of his wine.

“So yes, here I am. I am still a Godsmen and nearly a God amongst them. A hero too, for I did no wrong in exploring a magnificent source of power, especially one that claimed to come here for Ascension. All things can ascend to a greater glory.

We were honored at first, but alas he did not want to share that power. When it went mad, I Imprisoned it just before I escaped with the few remaining ashes of my army. The arrival of your dwarf army aided me, the last Factol who did not flee, to stop Regina but it was too late. It was freed, but your people with my aide and instruction, neutralized it and carried off that threat.

Upon my return, having drank from the Artifacts great power and both empowered and revitalized, I was welcomed a hero. A hero riding a great trophy from the Prime, a savior of the Great Foundry” he says and smiles widely.

That was the story Kaladus was told, was living, but Johannes knew better. History was written by the victors though.

“Still… I sense there is still some resentment between your people and my own. Particular that berk named Buehler” Kaladus says, clenching his teeth. “If you came for just the delivery of a letter, you would deliver it and be gone. I assume you instead wish to negotiate something.

As I see it, I have those glow stones you covet so for your artifacts. We have as many as… 240 of them, enough to power 10 of the artifacts. Think of that kind of power! I also have this Anvil, an artifact of your God. It is powerless here in the Cage, of course, but it is a fine conversation piece.
So my question to you is this. What do you have that I want?”

Toliudar
2013-11-21, 11:02 AM
Johannes


“Being as vertically challenged as you are, I had not thought your race bothered with chairs. An oversight” he says breezily and takes another sip of his wine.

The beardless dwarf glances around the room with a pitying glance as Kaladus opens with a racist sleight, and not a particularly inventive one at that.

"My dear Kaladus, I assure you that proximity to godhood cannot be measured by the length of a femur. Consider one of your greatest factols of all time, the pixie Yakdidi. A great and wise spiritual leader."

He allows the contrast to the current power structure to speak for itself.


Upon my return, having drank from the Artifacts great power and both empowered and revitalized, I was welcomed a hero. A hero riding a great trophy from the Prime, a savior of the Great Foundry” he says and smiles widely.

Johannes nods impassively.

"My congratulations to you, Kaladus. It is well known that the root of true power lies not in a slavish adherence to an external reality, but in a creative reimagining of that reality. Clearly, in this, you are very close to ascention indeed. And the addition of a great artifact to the store of the Believers of the Source - albeit one that has no power in its current location, and one that is of course destined to alienate any followers of Moradin. Fortunately, there are only a handful of dwarves in the Great Circle, and none of great power, so that's hardly a concern."


As I see it, I have those glow stones you covet so for your artifacts. We have as many as… 240 of them, endough to power 10 of the artifacts. Think of that kind of power! I also have this Anvil, an artifact of your God. It is powerless here in the Cage, of course, but it is a fine conversation piece.
So my question to you is this. What do you have that I want?”

He smiles warmly and leans forward in his chair. Johannes waves off Kaladus' reference to Buehler with a dismissive wave.

"As I said when I delivered the letter three days ago, I am indeed here to explore the possibility of a mutually agreeable relationship between the Believers and the Patriarchate. I wish to be very clear - any arrangement that we arrive at here will need to go back to my superiors for approval.

"As for what we might have that you want - well, allow me to outline two opportunities, and you can advise me as to whether these are in fact of interest.

"First, while Sigil is a brilliant and much-loved confluence of worlds and cultures, it is lamentably short in resources. By contrast, as I'm sure you can attest, the Spine of the World is not attracting such attention because it is a cosmopolitan hub with fine dining. No, my homeland attracts such attention from my people - and many others - because it is a motherlode of mineral resources. Resources of which we 'vertically challenged' folk are gifted in the extraction and refining.

"Your home is called the Foundry for good reason, and a foundry lives and dies by the reliable and steady flow of materials. Given the sad depletion of the leadership of the faction, you will perhaps be eager to set up new trade agreements, and secure new sources of those materials. We can help with that. For example, what is it that you need in order to ensure the smooth and efficient creation of such things as those, what did you call them, glow stones?

"The second thing that we can offer is more ephemeral, but as I'm sure your own research has confirmed, the transitory and intangible power can be the greatest and richest kind. You seek ascension. You seek to understand the nature of godhood.

"Among the leadership of the Patriarchate is one whose faith and personal power is such that he has been graced with a personal relationship with Moradin. He is a Chosen. Think, I encourage you. Think of the insights that a delegation of Godsmen might gain in intimate conversation with this Chosen."

He leaned back, his pitch spent.

"But of course, if it is your preference that we instead distract ourselves with rehashings of unpleasant history, we can do so. My hope is rather that we can move forward to our mutual benefit."

All right. Let's see if Kaladus is the vengeful sort, or batsiht crazy. If so, it probably won't be a quick death.

Mechanics:
Diplomacy on Kaladus, using an IP: [roll0]

mshady
2013-11-23, 01:52 AM
Johannes

Kaladus reclines in his chair and shifts his position and takes a long drink from his chalice, draining it. He snaps his fingers, and a ash gray servant trundles forward with a pitcher of wine. It appears to be undead. Not uncommon in Sigil, a form of recycling.

Johannes waits while Kaladus has his chalice refilled and takes a sip, which he takes his time enjoying before he returns his attention to Johannes.
“Where were we? You were offering me raw materials from the Prime when we already have access to the City of Brass, the elemental planes and such. If I wanted dirt or snow, I might be interested. Yet your offer… underwhelms me? Yet of course, while the Great Foundry is well supplied… having my own resources could be useful. I might have some interest in that.

It might even be enough to at least facilitate bringing your offer to my Factol about having a delegation of Godsmen scholars talk to him. Such would be a rare treat, for of course he could never really come here. Not without risk of angering the Lady, at least. As you know, we Godsmen live in a place and pursue Ascension in a place where the Gods are not otherwise allowed. Whatever the value of that is, is it worth that many glow stones? I fear not, but it is worth something.

We lack for little here truly. What we would lack for would be one of your Artifacts. Many of my comrades saw Barauk, the soul inside your Stoneburner and the power it wielded. Some of them would like to sacrifice themselves to that power, and who would I be to stand in their way? The rest of us would have to assume their responsibility, of course, but it is a burden we must bear. Certainly my own rejuvenation has been the envy of many. That and the Godsmen have enemies. Your weapon would resolve one. Nothing in the Cage, of course” he smiles widely.

“We supply some of what makes your weapons. We would like one”

mshady
2013-11-23, 02:12 AM
The Briefing

"Well I think that about covers it. It's not a nice place, but you know your goal and we have a semblance of a plan. I would suggest you all practice your riding, if you want try your hand at a flying mount as well" Valina says and shrugs.

"We're going to have to figure it out as we go along, but the plan currently it to go from Ironmaster to Luskan by ship. Which will be tricky as not everyone is a dwarf. Something that needs negotiating. Once we hit Luskan, a friend of the Patriarch will be taking us the rest of the way. I assure ye, riding with the Lady is an interesting ride" she says and chuckles.

"It might be better if Nega stays up north for this. She detests the water" Valina chuckles.

OOC Note: Please update your Myth-weavers account with your new gear please.

I will be handling the individual stuff for Wyatt and Kal-resh next, I appreciate everyone's patience! I'm working through stuff, not just publically, but via PM as well.

Toliudar
2013-11-23, 03:53 PM
Johannes

Johannes kept his face impassive as he listened to Kaladus expound. He smiled at the obviousness of the wizard's bluff.


“Where were we? You were offering me raw materials from the Prime when we already have access to the City of Brass, the elemental planes and such. If I wanted dirt or snow, I might be interested. Yet your offer… underwhelms me? Yet of course, while the Great Foundry is well supplied… having my own resources could be useful. I might have some interest in that.

Johannes shrugged.

"My apologies. I'd forgotten your close personal relationship with the Sultan. Knowing where there is a door to the plane is quite different than reaching a trade agreement that is reliable and better than what we're offering. And since we haven't even discussed prices, you have no idea whether the opportunity that you've just dismissed out of hand is or is not better than this relationship that you may or may not have with the efreet."

The dwarf's smile only broadens as Kaladus reveals his true desires. In many ways this made things easier for him. For weeks now, Johannes had been troubled by the very existence of the original stoneburner. His thoughts had turned even colder at the thought of the Patriarchate manufacturing more, but was willing to suspend his concerns for the time being. But the thought of this narcissistic maniac having such power at his fingertips...he was convinced that no one would think this a good idea.

"Of course. There is a certain symmetry to all of this. In the context of our wishes, your proposal is most reasonable. Just so that I may more completely make my report back to the Patriarchate, shall we endeavour to put some numbers to this proposal? Say...twenty-five glowstones in exchange for a day in conversation with the Chosen, and another seventy five for a stoneburner?

"I don't suppose that there's much hope in this, but my superiors would consider me remiss if I do not at least ask. I suppose it's fairly clear that my superiors would also be interested in negotiations that lead to the return of your charming podium. Would you consider an exchange - a burner for the anvil?"

Please note that Johannes is very carefully NOT lying at any point in this conversation, in case there's any sort of detection magic at play.

mshady
2013-11-24, 04:02 PM
Wyatt and Kal-Resh

After the briefing, Wyatt and Kal-resh find themselves inside the dwarven labyrinth again. With a time looming in the near future for their voyage south to at least scout their future location and do some scouting together, they had to take care of other business. Chatting amongst themselves as best they could, Wyatt and Kal-resh gather some cold weather gear for the frigid conditions. They had decided that, instead of walking over or around Calvin’s Cairn, they were going to fly around it and save time. It was a good arrangement, for Kal-resh enjoyed flying and Wyatt was light enough where he was not a burden.

It took them some time, and not a small bit of friction from the quartermaster, but they got the supplies that they needed. With that and the introductory note from Buehler, the duo were ready to go. After that, they walked through the bowels of the dwarven holdfast. Many of the dwarves that they bumped into, and it was not that many considering how few dwarves there were relative to the size of their home, still looked at them in wonder. They were an unusual sight, for sure. A Halfling was odd, but a half orc here was unheard of.

When they reached the surface, they felt the chill bite of the wind, but also the scent of fresh, clean air as opposed to the stale air inside the dwarven hold. It was refreshing, invigorating even, for both of them. The pair walked out through the gates and down the trail a ways before sliding behind a small hill, as not stun the dwarves on the turrets around the fortress. It would not do at all to be shot out of the sky by the ballistae that dotted this part of the cairn.

Kal-resh transforms, and Wyatt sets a rope around him for a hand hold before they flew. Kal-resh was not a fan of the ropes, but he understood the safety. After all, halflings could not fly. Soon they were winging their way into the air, flying several thousand feet above the ground. The view for Wyatt was breath taking, the vast white tundra, the frozen lakes, distant barbarian camps. Even the cairn itself seemed small!

As soon as they reached altitude though, they had to start looking for where they were going to land. While they were looking below they, they did not see what was above them. Gliding silently through the air, and nearly impossible to see as it blended so well with the clouds, was a white dragon. One of Xurshin’s brood no doubt. One out for some vengeance, truce be damned..

Kal-resh’s first awareness comes when the dragon’s jaws snap shut between his wing and shoulder, digging deep and hobbling the wing. The dragon drives them downward, as both Wyatt and Kal scream in fright. As the altitude drops, the dragon flares its wings, tumbles in the air and hurls them through the air. Blood and feather’s fly as the two come crashing down towards the ground, and beating his remaining wing does nothing but send them into a disorienting spin. With the altitude dropping now, nearly at the ground now, Kal-resh has the presence to turn into a giant cat instead. The cat’s agility, even in the air, allows him to stabilize just before the impact with the snow. They land with a hard thump in the snow, tumbling in a cloud of snow before being buried in a drift.

They are not knocked unconscious, but Wyatt has the presence of mind to tell Kal not to move. The dragon was looking for a giant eagle, not a snow cat, so it may leave them alone. So they wait, half buried in the snow and terrified as the dragon passes over over them. They can hear the beat of its wings as it goes by, no more than 20 feet off the ground and moving slowly. It’s neck swings left to right as it looks for the eagle it had downed, but it passes by without taking notice of the prone snow tiger. Just another dead animal, frozen in the tundra and not what it was looking for. A simply predator may have gone for whatever food was available, but the intelligence of the dragon, focused on the prey it had targeted, skipped the easy meal for what it was after.

In doing so, Wyatt and Kal-resh survived their flight. All the same, they waited there for some time before finally being brave enough to try moving. Wounded badly in the shoulder, not just a flesh wound but actual broken bones and ribs, Kal-resh found himself in a great deal of pain. Only the distant lights of a settlement offer any comfort. The only settlement out this far was Lonelywood, their destination. At least that was something…

Strangie
2013-11-24, 04:40 PM
Wyatt

Hiding in the snow, protected from the cold thanks to his Boots of the Winterlands, Wyatt peered up as the dragon finally took off.

"Seriously? The nerve... we shoulda flown lower. He took a good chunk out of you 'dough, Kal. You gonna be okay? Can you walk? We're lucky 'dat the settlement isn't too far off... I wonder if anybody else saw what just happened..."

He brushed the snow off of himself. He would have helped Kal-Resh to his feet, were it not for their obvious size difference, but he made the best of it. "C'mon, tough guy. Up and at 'em. A hard lesson learned, the hard way, it seems..."

BelGareth
2013-11-25, 03:35 PM
Kal seemingly was beyond joy, he walked around with a stupid eating grin on his face, which was made stranger yet when he happened to bump into any dwarves that had not met them yet, which was the majority of them while they were leaving the hall.

He was just getting used to the idea of tying cloth around him, his pants had turned into a set, pants and shirt, he still wore no shoes over his feat, preferring the ability to scratch his toes along the natural earth, or stone as the case may be.

But progress was progress.

And the Wyatt wanted them to wear more! He snarled when he was told how much they needed to wear, but after hearing the hin out, he nodded at his wisdom, it was needed and he grudgingly accepted the cold weather clothes and followed Wyatt.

Once outside he smiled in delight, or more precisely, he smiled wider, if that was possible.

The flight was peaceful and he enjoyed the scenery, he too was amazed from the view, relishing in it, he had never flown this high...which may have been why he didn't think about other...larger creatures.

The bite to his right wing hurt, crunching through his skin and breaking several bones, it was useless to him as a wing, and as they fell he shifted back into a better form, the white snow panther, but the impact still knocked him hard.

He made sure to orient himself so Wyatt took the less impact, and then shielding the small hin with his larger body.

Groaning as the dragon left, he stood up, limping on his front left shoulder away from his wounded one, blood had already frozen over the teeth bites, and he held the paw up like a wounded dog, but he wasn't done yet.

Nodding to Wyatt he motioned for the halfling to jump on his back, at least he could take him the rest of the way on his back....

Not sure how mechanically he is affected, his speed in his largest form is 40ft.

Strangie
2013-11-25, 08:40 PM
Wyatt

He seemed incredulous at Kal-Resh's suggesting to sit on him, even when he is already wounded. He shook his head, with a frown.

"I'm not going to sit on you while you're hurt. 'dat's just not right. I'll be fine on foot. 'dese boots I got keep me from sinking in the snow and movin' around in 'em is easy. Besides, I need to stretch the legs a bit. Just... goddamnit, just follow me. Looks like our destination is 'dis way, just up ahead. We can get you some help." He motioned Kal-Resh to follow him, staying a step ahead to better scout the location.

BelGareth
2013-11-25, 09:34 PM
Kal slumps as Wyatt shakes his head and moves out on foot.

He follows sullenly, the only way a huge snow leopard can.

His shoulder still burned with pain, and he limped every other step, but he pushed through, knowing the snow was almost as dangerous as the dragon above.

mshady
2013-11-27, 03:03 AM
Wyatt and Kal-resh

Wyatt and Kal-resh wait it out in the snow banks, digging into the snow to protect themselves from the wind and the dragon in the area. After a couple of hours, they felt safe enough to sneak out and head towards the village. Kal-resh uses some of his healing magic to deal with the flesh wounds, but the broken bones might require more attention, a specialized healer like Nalrak.

The trek through the constant twilight of the season is long and cold, and while the protective magic and equipment makes it more comfortable, it is still exhausting. The snow is deep and the walk was several miles.
When they arrive, the find a few log buildings covered in sod and pine boughs nestled in a grove of evergreens. A few lanterns hang on posts in a window or a pathway, and the town otherwise seems quiet. There seems to be no one here, and it was a bit eerie. The biggest feature of the town is a towering pine at its center, with great boughs that cover most of the town. Only a light dusting of snow is there, and while faint foot prints can be seen, there are still no people to be found in Lonelywood.

The pair look around, but make sure not to try to force their way into any of the basic looking structures here. It would be rude, and if powerful druids lived here, it could be deadly.

After what seemed an hour of slowly walking around the town, Kal-resh came to the great pine at the center of town and looked up to it. Not knowing what else to do, and even a bit on edge at the prospect of visiting a town of elves, he finally introduced himself.
“I am Kal-resh. Druid of the forests. We come in peace” he says, but not in common or in Illuskan. It is in the secret language of the druids, words incomprehensible to Wyatt. He stands and waits to see if there was a response, a movement, anything in Lonelywood really.

Not sure what else to do, the two sit down under the tree and wait for a while longer and hope someone came. The place was not abandoned, so where was everyone?

After another hour of waiting under the tree, that answer finally arrives. Wyatt and Kal-resh see a cluster of shadows approaching them from inside the town. They move slowly towards the pair and stop, just outside of a range where they can truly be seen. From that group, one figure advances close enough to be seen plainly. He stops and ignites an everburning torch, tossing it into the snow between himself and the two visitors.
In front of them stands a thin looking elf, with white hair pulled back into a long braid and blue tattoos on his face and neck. It gives him a severe look. The druid holds a staff of twisted, ancient wood. He wears furs and leather, along with armor made of scales and a scimitar at his side.

“Greetings. I am Snec’ma, the high druid of the Lonelywood circle. My apologies, but we wanted to observe you. We find the best way to defend our circle is to not be here, as everything can be replaced in time. I see that one of you is injured, after falling out of the sky no doubt” he says, smiling at the two in turn before his smile turns a bit frostier on his angular face.

“Now, who are you and what do you want?”

mshady
2013-11-28, 09:00 AM
Johannes

Kaladus looks at Johannes, and an angry storm passes over his face. The man was nothing if not intense…

“I’m not disregarding it, you surly little midget! I’m saying the Godsmen have existing arrangements, otherwise how would we be running. While we collectively have our own suppliers, I have my own needs and I don’t need them meddling in them. It would be a convenience of some value.
As for the “numbers” you are putting to “proposal”, it sounds reasonable but you’re a tricky fellow and I’m not an idiot. Both or none, and frak your numbers. The only number up for negotiation is how many you get. That way you can’t offer the chat and cheat us on the rest.

As for your Anvil, lets consider it a hostage to your good will. I’ll melt it down to something degrading if I don’t get what I want. If you actually want it back, I’ll take a SECOND Stoneburner in exchange for it” he says and smiles.

“So you know that I know, I know that you have been carrying on quite a bit with a certain Sensate. I’m not so crass as to actually dangle her in front of you, but if you work against me, I’ll use her in ways not even she can imagine” Kaladus says and narrows his eyes at him, to make sure Johannes got his point.

“That’s only if you do not work in good faith, not upon the success of this transaction. I merely want you to go back to your stunted little king and tell him you support this transaction. I’ll give you a ten-day and I will meet you in Wayward. It seems to be the way you people like to use to come here and back. Bring two stoneburners, or at least the shells. I can hardly expect you to make them without the stones I possess. I’ll take care of the rest. I’ve already studied them enough to get the idea. Bring your Patriarch too. If you have the stones to make this deal, I’ll make sure you get the stones from us.

Adamantine, mithril, iron ore, diamonds, gems, whatever you can bring. By the ton please. I’ll take that too. So we’re clear, that is my fee for brokering the transaction, and I expect that supply to be on-going.

Now unless you have more, please spare me your continued presence. I have a busy day, I’m not getting any younger” he says and laughs heartily at the irony, as he looks 40 years younger than last Johannes saw him.

He makes a sweeping motion with his hand, indicating it was time for Johannes to be going.

Toliudar
2013-11-28, 10:11 AM
Johannes

Johannes' brows drew together briefly in consternation. So, the madman thought that threats, an almost infantile disregard for details, absurd bluffs and impossible demands were all legitimate negotiating tactics. That would only make Johannes' job easier, in the long run. If it didn't get him killed first. He turned a blank smile back to the mage.

"My goodness, Kaladus. I am chastened in my vile smallness. So, let me be perfectly clear.

"If you simply demand things, that is not a transaction. If you demand things and then threaten me and those who matter to me if you don't get what you want...that is also not a transaction. If you state what will happen and then don't give me a chance to respond, that is still not a transaction. That is what is known in the real world as extortion, and it will not be part of our conversation.

"If you ask me to leave now, I am leaving without us having reached any agreement at all, and I will report that you were unwilling to negotiate. To be clear, is that what you want me to tell my superiors?"

There was a loud scraping in the hall as Johannes pushes back his chair and rises.

"Or shall I stay so that we can have a real conversation about what will benefit both the dwarves and the Godsmen? The choice is yours."

mshady
2013-11-28, 10:36 AM
Nalrak

Nalrak attends the briefing with Thordrek and Magnum, now Baron and Captain. His role with them was clear enough. He would provide healing not just for this group, but for the entire keep and mercenaries there. It was a dangerous land, and not just the threat of wounds would be at play here, but illness and infection, maybe even poisons.

He speaks briefly with this cousin, and even allows himself to marvel at the new pistols he had acquired. Nalrak finds the name a bit ironic, as well as the fact they had been crafted for him. It made sense, for Nalrak had stayed out of a fight as much as possible but still needed to contribute. Grathalmor occupied a similar role in guarding Buna.

When the meeting was over, Nalrak went with a small caravan going from the Soulhammer Halls to Sunderhelme. It takes two days to get there in the weather, but she arrives at the mountain on the edge of the Spine of the World. It was not part of it, but a mountain that stood apart. It was made of granite and marble, banded with beautiful white veins that shot through it. Geologically, this kind of formation was quite unusual and defied explanation but demanded respect.

What was even more unusual about it was how the mountain was split in two, as if a giant’s axe had cleaved the mountain into two pieces. A hundred foot wide valley sat between the two halves of the mountain. This was how the place got the name of Sunderhelme. Two statues, standing 80 feet tall, greet Nalrak and the caravan. One of them is Moradin, and one is of Berronar, the All Father’s consort. It was an awesome sight.

When the caravan finally stops, a tired Nalrak gets off and finds that he is greeted by Nega. She is wearing her now repaired armor. It glistens with silver and the wings of her helmet give her announce her as a Valkyrie. In the gap between the mountains, dozens of small ponies graze on their fodder, as well as hippogriffs that have a chain around their neck to prevent their flight. Nega had been tending these, the cavalry of the Valkyries with others of her Order.

“Nalrak! Welcome back to Sunderhelme. Ye be’n miss’d” she says and smiles at him. “We heard about yer Vow of Poverty. Yer commitment to the cause o’yer faith is inspiring to many here. Da Matriarch, Faenor Bytal, told us many here, the healers, be curious about it. Some of the Silver Knightingales have expressed a desire to hear more about your Vow and might take it up too. Faenor Bytal, the Matriarch of Berronar, would ask of ye to speak with dem.

We have a cell for you, and tomorrow we have some locals from the Ten Towns that require some attention. Wounded by a barbarian raid and the fires afterward when their caravan was raided. Two other dwarves were hurt ‘cently, and requested ye be the one who cared for them. It seems yer Vow of Poverty has made ye rich in respect. Already had a few folks ask me what it was like to travel with ye, and the night the sky lit up” Nega says and smiles broadly at him. The First Valkyrie seemed even a bit proud of Nalrak.

“Speaking of which, the Matriarch would like to hear your opinion on it.”

mshady
2013-11-28, 10:38 AM
Johannes

"You little, little..." Kaladus says and clenches his teeth. He was getting angry, and the guards around him took notice of that and tensed. It was not a good sign.

"My demands are perfectly reasonable, but fine. Talk. It's all you do. Lets hear your counter to that"


Johannes

Johannes' brows drew together briefly in consternation. So, the madman thought that threats, an almost infantile disregard for details, absurd bluffs and impossible demands were all legitimate negotiating tactics. That would only make Johannes' job easier, in the long run. If it didn't get him killed first. He turned a blank smile back to the mage.

"My goodness, Kaladus. I am chastened in my vile smallness. So, let me be perfectly clear.

"If you simply demand things, that is not a transaction. If you demand things and then threaten me and those who matter to me if you don't get what you want...that is also not a transaction. If you state what will happen and then don't give me a chance to respond, that is still not a transaction. That is what is known in the real world as extortion, and it will not be part of our conversation.

"If you ask me to leave now, I am leaving without us having reached any agreement at all, and I will report that you were unwilling to negotiate. To be clear, is that what you want me to tell my superiors?"

There was a loud scraping in the hall as Johannes pushes back his chair and rises.

"Or shall I stay so that we can have a real conversation about what will benefit both the dwarves and the Godsmen? The choice is yours."

Toliudar
2013-11-28, 12:02 PM
Johannes

Johannes took note of the wizard's body language and softened his own stance, bowing slightly before lifting his head again, a beaming smile now on his face.

"Ex facie, my dear sir, a demand is not reasonable. It is a compulsion. I do hope that we will reach a reasonable and mutually assured accommodation, but it will not come through threats. And any actual violence or use of magic, against me, my people or a certain Sensate, will negate any agreement immediately and without reservation. I trust that that is understood."

With a quick nod, Johannes settles again in his seat. He reaches slowly - slowly, so as not to give the already nervous guards any cause to over-react - back into his pack and draws out a pad of paper backed with a thin sheet of obsidian, and one of the new styluses he'd seen in the market yesterday. Ingenious device. The inkwell in a bulb at the end of a hollow tube, flowing down toward the paper. What would they think of next?

Crossing a leg to create an impromptu table, Johannes jots a few notes, scratched one thing out, and stared at the result. He looks up at Kaladus, all business again.

"Let's start with the timeline. You're asking for two stoneburner shells, and, what was it, 'tons of diamonds and mithril', something like that? Well, legends to the contrary, such quantities are not simply lying around in the hall closets of dwarves. They are, rather immediately put to good work or traded away in much smaller quantities. It would take us some months, perhaps years, to acquire the kinds of stockpiles that I believe you are envisioning. And, as you so wittily put it, you are not getting any younger.

"So...what I would suggest would be a multi-step process. A meeting between the Godsmen and my superiors in Wayrest in ten days' time, to confirm a mutual acceptance of the deal, properly itemized and mutually binding. Allow me to be clear. The Chosen will not be present, no gems will be present, and there would be no expectation that you would be either, sir. I know that you are a very busy man. That way, there's nothing that either side has to gain with any sort of ambushy nonsense.

"Following this, a second meeting in Wayrest, a month later. Both parties arrive armed to the teeth, I suspect, although that's up to you. An exchange of a quarter of the agreed upon quantities - both of material resources, and of the stones. We part ways.

"A third meeting two months after this, also in Wayrest. The Chosen is there, with guards, one Stoneburner shell and a further quarter of the supplies. A delegation of the Godsmen is there with an additional quarter of the stones. The interview with the Chosen takes place. The Stoneburner is transferred, and materials are otherwise exchanged.

"Finally, four months later, when we have had the opportunity to gather such materials as are required and construct an additional Stoneburner, we meet again at Wayrest, to exchange the remaining half of the stones for the remaining half of the materials."

Johannes paused, ready to deal with any concerns about the timing before proceeding to the meat of the negotiation.

"You made reference to 'an ongoing supply', and to a 'brokerage fee', but frankly I am confused by both terms. I'll need some clarification there.

"A broker is an impartial third party who brings together two interested parties, and who receives a fee for this service. I had rather assumed that you were speaking here as, shall we say, the man in charge? Rather than as an independent agent. That you are in fact a Factol of the Godsmen. If so, then you are negotiating for them, and not for personal gain, yes? And if you are not in charge here, to whom will you need to take this arrangement for final approval?

"When you speak of 'an ongoing supply', what does that mean? I had rather assumed that we were negotiating a single, albeit complex, business transaction. If there is to be an ongoing supply, that is a two way street. What kind of supply - presumably of stones - can you offer in exchange for our, ah, tons?"

mshady
2013-12-03, 12:37 AM
Johannes and Kaladus

The extravagant room is hushed by Johannes's lecture to Kaladus, and the Factol takes notice of that. He glowers at Johannes and takes a drink of wine from his chalice. Kaladus evens out his red robes and returns his attention to Johannes.

"As comfortable as you seem in Sigil, you have remarkably little idea for how to deal with your betters. You have things I want, but I have things you need. Being the only one who would even talk to you, after how your people violated our sovereignty, I'm willing to recommend things to my superiors, but with little stake of my own, it's fair that I be compensated. So yes, you can bloody well knock on all the doors you want, but I'm the only one who will answer that door. Out of my good will. After your Buehler broke my fingers and struck he, dragged your through your sodding Plane..." Kaladus says, obviously getting worked up over his treatment.

"If you want any of this to happen, I would take a half ton of adamantine, a ton of mithril and two trunks of gems. About the same size as your hauled out of the dragon's lair would do fine. If you need to sell it to your superiors, tell them you are buying back your ugly anvil. It's worth no more than scrap here.

As for the rest of it, it all sounds so...tedious. Four times in Wayrest, and dealing with that insufferable man Harold? The hydras there? Ehhh... Fine.

I'll leave my scribes to work out the particulars, but these are all just air Just words, and this is serious business. This is Sigil. When your people meet in Wayrest, I ask that you come with us as a hostage until all steps of this deal are complete. You say you want all these stones, but won't surrender one of your working shells until we have given you so many. I'll even send you a hostage of my own. A lover. A slave. A minor Factol.

Have no fear. If your people complete the deal, you will have merely spent a few months in the Cage. A spell can punish you if the deal is broken, so you would be free to move about in Sigil. We can see to your needs and accommodations here, or stay with your Sensate. I could care less. In Sigil, we may write a treaty down but it's signed with blood.

Once it is all done, we can talk about an ongoing supply of some things. Both of us have mutual needs, but we first have to see if we can do business again. This is a very dangerous trade after what happened last time. I think when we interview your Chosen about what it is like to touch a God, I might ask him what touched him in the head" Kaladus says, laughing at his own joke. The attendants in the chamber laugh along with him, compelled to humor their factol.

mshady
2013-12-03, 01:11 AM
Thordrek and Magnum

With the briefing completed and a quick discussion with Buehler and Valina, the two return to their quarters. They are small, Spartan quarters with little more than a bed, some storage for armor and clothes, a personal shrine and a common room. It was enough for two soldiers that were rarely home, but they could afford better here if they wanted to. Their new home awaited though.

Valina gives them some books to read on the area. There was not much to go on in a classical sense. There were no recent powers in the area, save for the long lost Netherese. While that interested Thordrek, Magnum found the proximity concerning. The Shadovar might take an interest in the area, the last remains of the truly ancient Netherese Empire that had reappeared over the Anarouch Desert in their floating city. The Patriarch himself had clashed with them before, it was said.

Now, they had some decisions to make.

They had to have a new stronghold established before winter set in, so any initial visit to scout a location would have to be handled quickly.

1. How long would they stay?
2. Did they want to explore on foot with a contingent of the Patriarchate's elite dwarven strike teams? Or did they want to go with a very small group, perhaps even just themselves? If they went with a small enough group, they could make use of hippogriffs, the flying mounts of the Patriarchate.

One piece of good news was that an old ally of the Patriarch, a War Wizard of Cormyr called Elyas Blake, commanded a castle along the edge of the Stonelands. They would have a jumping off point, and someone who may have some maps.

3. Would they wait for Wyatt and Kal-resh or go themselves?

Once they knew where they were going, it would be time to decide how many troops, masons, and other support would be needed, as well as mercenaries to take along or hire locally.

Toliudar
2013-12-03, 01:21 AM
Johannes

The dwarf nods carefully, taking in the details of the arrangement as Kaladus sets forth.

"Ah, Kaladus. As always, you are as witty as you are powerful, sir. I will set this down with your designated clark, and convey the proposal back. You honour me with this much of your time."

Johannes tucks his pad under one arm, but simply waits for some indication as to whether the scribe would come to him or he was to be accompanied elsewhere.

Once Johannes and the scribe are together in a quiet place, he introduces himself to the scribe, and chats softly and at length about many things. About how great it was to be back in Sigil, and to see the Foundry rebuilt. About how Kaladus had actually conducted himself back in Faerun. All the while angling for more details of how, and how long ago, Kaladus had managed to return. Whether he had been young when he arrived, or grew so in Sigil, and any other details he can glean. And meanwhile, he works with reasonable diligence to try to actually articulate Kaladus' kind offer.

Gather Information: [roll0]
Or Diplomacy: [roll1]

mshady
2013-12-03, 01:46 AM
Johannes

With a deal apparently struck, Kaladus dismisses Johannes from his presence and Johannes finds himself waiting a good hour for the designate clerical person to meet with him. It is a ashen skinned devil that Johannes meets with. The man seems to have some measure of legal and contract training, a useful person in a place where one could buy and sell a soul. A devil as an attorney was almost too cliché for even Sigil, but the devil had no real wickedness to him. Indeed he dressed in a fine coat and hat, and appeared quite proper if not for his cloven hooves and yellow goat eyes.
Beyond that, he seemed to have the countenance of a functionary who had long ago been ground down by his job.

Johannes does not get much out of the devil, but he did get a name of him. The devil went by the name of Cartelonez. In their chat, Johannes learned that Kaladus had arrived from an adjacent Plane and entered Sigil. The Anvil was a great palanquin for him, as it was carried by a 100 humanoids when he made his triumphant return. Kaladus had indeed returned as a younger man, one much more vital and more powerful than the one who had left. The other Factols feared him, and indeed he had killed one of them already in a duel. At some point, the devil realized he had said too much and gives Johannes a smile and suggests they return to the treaty.

When that is done, Johannes is free to return to the Prime and present the proposal.

OMG PONIES
2013-12-03, 07:19 AM
Nalrak

As they passed between the two enormous statues of the parents of the Dwarven pantheon, Nalrak observes a brief moment of silence. While he knew he'd get a chance to catch up with Nega, he also knew she wasn't the biggest fan of the Patriarchate's recent use of the Stoneburner. As much as he now understood the reasons for it, Nalrak wasn't either. He prayed that he wouldn't have to publicly defend a position he was still wrestling with internally. Luckily, as Nega greets him, there's no mention of the mission.

"Ah, Nega! Good to see you, friend," Nalrak beams. "I'm glad to see your armor's been shined up. It looks befitting a noble warrior like yourself. How are your sisters?" Nalrak had never met Nega's family, but he had heard plenty of tales of them. So much so that, only through vague familiarity, he had developed a fondness for Thria, Nega's sister and priestess of Moradin. She seemed like a dwarf of great faith, and if she had Nega's piercing blue eyes...

"I'd be happy to honor the Matriarch's wishes," Nalrak says with a nod. "However, I don't know how fasincating I'll be. You see, my Vow's a deeply personal one and a part of my own redemption. I won't be calling for others to hop on the bandwagon, but I'm happy to answer any of their questions. Also, that reminds me...I was given some degree of wealth back in Soulhammer Halls. It's been weighing heavy on me, and I want to find a worthy cause to donate it to. The Knightingales have no need of it, and I've always known you to be as generous as you are principled. Are there any righteous causes here in Sunderhelme that could use some financial aid?"

Nalrak's countenance drops as Nega describes those wounded by barbarians. "Of course," he says gruffly, "my duty's as a healer. I don't know if I can treat those two specifically--the most dire wounds will need my attention first. Especially with burns, delay can cause tissue to die. Have we stocked up on aloe vera plants and--" He chuckles a bit and allows his face to soften. "Forgive me, friend. It's so easy to throw myself into the work. I'll ask one of the Nightingales on the scene about supplies. Lead the way." As they walk, Nalrak hears more about how his reputation proceeds him. He harrumphs at the celebrity treatment and tells Nega, "Anyone who says I'm a gem to travel with hasn't seen me at the first dawn. No pleasure in me before breakfast, I'll tell you that." When the valkyrie mentions seeing the Matriarch, Nalrak nods and says "Of course, I'd be happy to meet with the Matriarch. When would be convenient for her?"

Arriving at the scene, Nalrak almost gallops toward the wound. Reminding his manners, he turns to Nega and says, "It looks like I've got my work cut out for me, friend. I'll start tending to the wounded. You know where to find me if the Matriarch calls or if you'd like to talk more. It's a blessing to see you well." With that, he moves quicker than a dwarf of his size toward those who need his care. Nalrak didn't much like the idea that he was afforded some extra helping of respect due to his Vow; instead, he figured he'd earn the respect through his healing skills. He looks for the nearest Knightingale, but amidst the confusion he can't see much of anything.

[roll0] to assess the nearby wounded and see who's the worst off.
[roll1] to find a Knightingale.

BelGareth
2013-12-03, 02:47 PM
Kal resh stands, wincing as he does the pain still very real.

Smiling like an idiot, for he had never seen or met another druid he replied to the intimidating leader of the druids.

"My name is Kal Resh, the Patriarchate of Moradin sent us to you, I too am a druid!" he exclaims like child "he sent us to drink tea with you...I think" he scratches his head, wincing and audibly 'owing' as he does, forgetting, not for the last time that he was injured, he leans to wyatt "Weren't we s'posed to hug the trees too?"


Also, Kal resh cannot cast spells, so he is still injured.

Toliudar
2013-12-04, 04:03 AM
Johannes

Johannes walks out of the Great Foundry in a daze, his mind whirling through various options. He spends the next few hours picking up the last of the items being crafted for his colleagues, then goes to see Yennifer. He is more candid and less witty than usual. He gives her a careful description of Kaladus, and the threats that the madman had made against her.

"I did my best to impress on him the dire consequences of coming after you, short of starting a pissing context by threatening him back. I wish I could say that I don't think he'll follow through. But he's a lunatic, and now a very powerful one. He'll do whatever crosses his mind to do at any given moment. In short - if you were ever in need of a vacation from the Cage, this would be an excellent time. I've got room in my sleeping bag, for example. The mountains of the Spine are lovely at this time of year..."

But Johannes knows that Yennifer is a fixture here among the Sensates, and not without her own resources. He thinks he's likely to fail, and is ready to part ways with a lingering kiss and a doff of his hat.

Back in Wayrest, Johannes looks at the arsewipe of a town in a new light - no longer simply as a stop-over on the way to or from the Finest City in All the Worlds, but as a possible place of diplomacy, intrigue and battle. He scopes out positions and entrenchments to recommend to Hilgar, should it come to that.

On the long ride back, Johannes has time to complete a report, making copies for Hilgar, Valina and Buelyir. The report omits any reference to the Sensates or his time shopping, but goes into detail about the repair of the Foundry, the numbers and natures of the individuals he had met there, and a descriptioin of the room where the Anvil now stood.

And then he presented, bluntly, the terms of the deal that Kaladus and he had proposed.

He describes Kaladus as a fickle, violent and much feared narcissist, who had been able to harness epic magics and who now sought ascension to godhood. Johannes went into some detail about seven different scenarios that started with giving Kaladus a Stoneburner and ended with the death of hundreds, or sometimes thousands, of dwarves.

"In short, I cannot stress strongly enough that this is a appallingly bad deal. In the extraordinarily likely event that Kaladus doesn't turn on us and attempt to kill us all with our own device, we instead deal wih the shame of having thrown a torch into a naphtha mine and walked away. I recommend that a representative return to Sigil, pass off a polite but firm message declining the deal to a courier, and then get out before Kaladus even gets the message.

"This is not to say that there are no ways to proceed further with the acquisition of the stones, or the Anvil. The Godsmen are loyal to Kaladus largely out of fear, although some are probably fanatics who wholeheartedly approve of his tactics. With time, care and expendable proxies, you might be able to orchestrate a coup, exchanging our assistance for the Anvil later. But Kaladus isn't stupid, and catching a powerful and rejuvenated mage unawares will be incredibly difficult, bordering on the suicidal. Do not involve anyone you care about in this process. Use proxies, dummy organizations and subterfuge.

"Lovely madam and not-quite-so-lovely gentlemen, I wish that I had better news to report. I plan to spend a few days in Hundlestone, visiting with friends and enjoying the King's brown ale. I am at your service, should you wish to have any elements of this report clarified."

Strangie
2013-12-04, 08:21 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt simply facepalms at Kal-Resh's remark, before lowering his hand and shaking his head. "Don't worry too much about him. He's a bit too literal sometimes. Anyway, no need to apologize. I'm Wyatt, we're with the Patriarch of Moradin, and we're tryin' to find the way to the home of the arctic dwarves... where 'dey might be up in the glaciers. As you might have already figured out, tryin' to scout out around the area ourselves is a bit too risky of a prospect." He gestures at Kal-Resh's injury. "So if you know where we'd find 'em, it'd be much appreciated."

mshady
2013-12-12, 01:50 AM
Wyatt and Kal'resh

Snec’ma looks between Kal-resh and Wyatt, his face a stern mask. The tattoos on his face make him look all the more severe.

“I’m afraid you have come far for very little” Snec’ma finally informs them. “I know of no better way to go visit these arctic dwarves than last time someone came to us. Your people and them have nothing in common. They have made it clear they wish nothing to do with your Patriarch. The Circle of the Lonelywoods wish nothing to do with him either. Your concerns are no longer ours” Snec’ma says and pauses long enough to cross his arms.

“Still though, his choice of emissaries is a bit more palpable” Snec’ma allows. “I’ve yet to meet a druid of your race. Usually this is a life too disciplined for your kind. Tell me, Kal’resh, how did you become a druid. Who was your teacher and from where do you hail?”

After Kal-resh gives his explanation, Snec’ma nods his head and addresses them again.

“Stop in for tea. That is always what he used to say when he visited the Fallen Leaf. He has now passed away, and asked that his belongings be given to the Circle of Arien in the Dalelands. Some of the things were once given by her to him, and now they shall be returned. While he was our leader, we found that request… insulting, but he are bound to honor his wishes. We are also bound to offer a fellow druid aide. If you require counsel or something to aide you, ask. The dwarves can provide you little, and us perhaps a little more”

mshady
2013-12-12, 03:03 AM
Johannes

Yennifer listens to Johannes explanation, as the two lay sprawled out on plush couches in a luxury flat deep in the Sensate compound. Wine bottles and glasses lay on an end table, along with a bowl of grapes next to a bowl of sweets. Yennifer is tall, long legged and has curly brown hair that hangs far past her shoulders. She was a beautiful specimen, not quite a pure human but all the more exotic for it.

“Well John, you know I can take care of myself, yes?” she says and smiles at him. The two look at each other from the couch and she smiles at Johannes. He can’t help but agree.

“If what you say about his is true though, he has power and he has ambition. He has no restraint, though. Men with that kind of power, what the feel, think, believe, it is a fine a wine as any vintage. We have whole archives dedicated to people like him. Coming for me is exactly what he’ll do, and he is more dangerous than you even think. So yes, while I can take care of myself, I can’t take care of my people at the same time. Lets go to where you call home tomorrow. The rest of the night is for us…” she says and smiles at him.

Fade to black…

Johannes finds himself in a meeting hall with the Patriarch, Buehler, Tolrin, Glorian and General Barakas and gives both his report and advice.

“Appalling bad idea sums it up” Barakas says. The gruff dwarf with the bald pate, short beard says. He mutters something under his breath and takes a drink.

“I’ve met Kaladus. We can’t trust him. He won’t hold to any agreement. Absolutely not” Buehler chimes in.

“We can’t possibly consider this. He’ll either use them on us, or use them there. Either it will be a Godsmen civil war, no Godsmen at all, or worse. We’re better defenseless than doing this deal. Sir, I cannot possible recommend this” Tolrin adds in, taking a deep drink from his ale.

“He’s dangerous. He had what we want. It’s risky, but we’ve done riskier things. A few times, it even worked. If he wants to blow up Sigil, or his own people, or play power games, what concern is it of ours? He’ll get himself killed eventually. His type always do” Glorian adds in at the end, her voice sharp and irritated at the rest.

The Patriarch looks between his advisors and takes a drink of his own. Most good dwarven meetings had a few drinks involved.

“I appreciate all of yer advice. There’s not much to beyond that, is there?” the Patriarch finally says. He turns back to Johannes and smiles slightly at him, the old dwarf looked a bit tired today actually. It depended on the day how he looked.

“Tell me, Johannes. Is there anyone else besides Kaladus to negotiate with? Is there anyone else we can get glowstones from? If not, I might have to take this deal and have some faith” he says, smiling serenely at Johannes.

Toliudar
2013-12-12, 03:54 AM
Johannes

The beardless dwarf listens to the tide of the conversation slowly turn against his opinion. The Patriarch has heard his opinion and reasoning, and Johannes knows that he is not being asked for platitudes, but for a logistical analysis. He shifted the foofy hat in his hand.

"Setting aside the already-mentioned argument that the further development of these weapons is a very, very bad idea, My Liege? Of course. Let us consider.

"Kaladus blowing up Sigil is not the scenario that worries me. Trust the Lady to take care of Sigil. This place - this meeting hall, even your lovely lovely vault, my King - is about as secure as a drunkard's bladder, against the will of a determined and powerful mage. When beaten, crippled and supposedly at our mercy, he was able to channel the power of a Stoneburner to do the kind of magic one might see once or twice in a generation. Give him a week of preparation, ideal conditions, and he could very achieve the apotheosis that he thinks he so richly deserves. What then of your Kingdom, when a god rails against it, my King?

"I have no information about these glowstones and their manufacture, but that is the most obvious weak point in Kaladus' position. He rules through fear and intimidation. This has a couple of different short-comings. He cannot stay away from Sigil for long without risking a loss of his position, which means that it's difficult for him to extend his reach back to our world at the moment.

"The Godsmen were clearly still making the stones in his absence, so Kaladus is not the only one with the knowledge of their manufacture. My lord might be able to reach one of the other Godsmen with an offer of safety and material security, and persuade them to come reproduce the process for you.

"It would not be too difficult to plant an acolyte with the Godsmen for a few days. Not enough to gain any secrets, but enough to know who the players in the Foundry are. Enough to evaluate who best to approach. I would offer to be that agent, My Lord, but I fear that Kaladus has the scent of me. It would be best to have someone he's never met, and ideally a non-dwarf.

"But I tell you this, my lord, and I say it not because I think that I am all that important to your nation, but to impress on you how strongly I feel about it. If you decide to pursue further negotiations with Kaladus, you do so without me. I will vanish into the night, I will flee to another world, and you will never see me again. My Liege, I do not scare easily, and that lunatic frightens me very much indeed."

There. It needed to be said. He thought of Yennifer, waiting back in their room. He thought of the bittersweet days of their travel back from Wayrest, and thought about how very dangerous this line of work was. Johannes offered a bit of flourish with his hat as he bowed, and rose to give the king an apologetic shrug.

mshady
2013-12-13, 09:09 PM
The Stonelands - All Party

Several months after the Stoneburner destroyed one of the vertebrae of the Spine of the World and brought a tentative peace-through-fear to the area, the party finds itself in the Stonelands. The group sits in a wooden long house in the shadow of Castle Crag, the northern fortress that helps protect Cormyr from the dangers of the Stonelands. The protection is more symbolic than anything else, for they could hardly cover all the passes that led out of that area. When they had arrived at Castle Crag, they had expected to stay there, but instead were shown to this drafty old structure, with old straw beds. As a small courtesy as the first guests of the season, the straw had been replaced to deal with any lice. The spring melt had made the whole area muddy, but the first grasses were starting to show and the trees were budding.

Thordrek and Magnum sit at a table and pour over a map of the region, trying to figure out where to start their scouting expedition. Wyatt and Kal-resh are there, as well as Buna and Grathalmor. Nalrak and Arman Madero have also joined them. Any newcomers to the party have stepped out for the moment, late arrivals they barely know (in case new players join here…). They had to decide where they start their expedition. They could simply follow the road that girdled the Stonelands, and look for old keeps that had once stood guard on the road in better times. These keeps were perhaps in the best shape, for they still saw occasional use by the garrison at Castle Crag when they went out on patrols.

Deeper into the Stonelands were other keeps, and perhaps even a fortress or two. These were constructed as a “second layer of control”, when previous Kings had tried to tame the area. They had all inevitably been overrun, and no doubt were infested by the local tribes or worse. They had been cut off from the keeps along the road, and without the lines of communication, had been sacked decades or centuries before. For a scouting trip, they bore investigation, but to occupy they would have to find ways to keep the way open.

Of course, the area was riddled with caves and the Underdark ran through this area as well and they still had the Patriarch’s magicked map, courtesy of the Drow he had dealt with years before. Nalrak had pointed out earlier that the map was not drawn on paper, but on skin of some sort. No one wanted to guess.

The group has horses and ponies available, wagons if they need them, and can purchase military rations if needed. They were expecting a visit from the head of the War Wizard contingent here, Elyias Blake, later in the evening. For now, they had a chance to plan and catch up on things…

mshady
2013-12-13, 09:37 PM
Johannes

Everyone in the room looks at Johannes and he feels the weight of all those eyes staring at him. These were all very powerful dwarves, figures of great respect and power, and rarely heard such boldness anymore. Still, he stood and bowed, and made ready to excuse himself.

“Sit down, lad” General Barakas said to him. His voice was perhaps the most forceful of all the Forgemark Brotherhood. Of all of them, he was the only true professional. He was a career soldier, a general of two armies, and a veteran of dozens of battles and hundreds of fights. It was said he was one of the best axe fighters and two hundred years of experience commanding. He leans forward from his desk and his eyes drill into Johannes from across the meeting table.

“Ye may be o’fraid of that lunatic, but we’re not. If ye think a mage, even o’his power, can bend us, ye know very little of what we can do” he advises Johannes sternly.

“Oh, have a care Barakas. He is right after a fashion. Those Stoneburners are here to help deter things like that happening. If we cannae stop them, we can make them regret it, and the threat o’that retaliation helps keep us safe. If ye think the Shades would directly at us, well, I think we gave them reason of pause. Still, a good deterrent is of no use if no one knows ye have it” Buehler replies.

“Yes, yes, but what are we doing? He has valid concerns” Prince Tolrin says. He looks first at Johannes, and then at the Patriarch himself. The Patriarch returns the look and takes a drink from his ale stein once again. Tolrin rolls his eyes at the reply and sits back in his chair, and an uncomfortable silence hovers over the room.

From behind, Johannes can hear a clank as the bar is dropped over the door by two of the Patriarch’s Own which guard the room. Leaving right now was officially not an option. Eventually, the Patriarch does speak, however.

“Who here remembers the Nickel King, back when we were down in Sembia that time?” he asks the group. It takes a moment, but several of them nod their head. “We do it like that”

The Patriarch turns his attention back to Johannes now.

“Placing an acolyte with the Godsmen would be good. We have a month’s time to learn the players. Kaladus has enemies. Ascension is a ladder they must climb, and everyone a rung below him wants his place on it, and everyone above him fears he will take that place. Since the highest person on that ladder is their High Factol, or whatever you call it, someone who can access him would be ideal. They just need to be prepared to act when the balance of power shifts.

They must know I’ll not turn a Stoneburner over until they have interviewed me, and I them. Other Factols should be there for that, yes? We’ll take care of Kaladus there and negotiate terms with the survivors.” Patriarch Hignar Jilker says, a half smile on his face.

“If they want to see the nature of a God, I’ll show them”

The room goes silent and others look at each other with looks of concern.
“Like The Nickel King indeed. Frak…” Buehler mutters.

mshady
2013-12-13, 09:56 PM
Nalrak

It takes Nalrak some time to find a Knightingale, but an acolyte aides him as he cares for the wounded. The Knightingale aides him and the two talk in cheerful, but hushed, voices. The dwarf had recently returned from a trip in Waterdeep on a mission of mercy, and laments how he had tended to girl who had been attacked leaving a dance class in one of the nice Wards, and how someone had taken care of the attacker in days. Otherwise, they talked about the best alcohols to clean instruments with and Nalrak showed him a better way to tie off a suture. The wounds were messy and required delicacy, but nothing he had not saw before. The work takes several hours, and as he is washing up after the end of the day, none other than Thria Silverhammer finds him. She did indeed have the same piercing eyes, and a shapely form not entirely hidden under her tunic. Square in the right places, round in the other, as dwarven women went, she was bordering on the extraordinary.

"The Matriarch wishes to see you when you've cleaned up. She does not have long for an audience, but she will make the time for you. Come when you're cleaned up, but otherwise come as you are. The look becomes you, just a bit" she allows with a half smile.

An hour later, he finds himself sitting across the table from the Matriarch Bytal of Berronar. She was considered a peer to the Patriarch officially, but while she was part of the Patriarchate, Sunderhelme marched to its own drum. There were some rumors about a fracture between the two many years ago, but there was still enough common cause they worked together. After hearing the Patriarch's story, and the near legendary sternness of the Matriarch, Nalrak had a few guesses now. The Matriarch, from what little he knew of her, had never conducted herself like she was preparing for a holy war.

The woman sitting in front of him is a stark contrast to the Patriarch, at least the last time he saw the man. The Matriarch wore a black robe with an elaborate head piece (think of a mother superior of a group of nuns). She had stern, steel colored eyes and a tough looking smile. Still, there was a warmth there. She cared underneath all of it, but the years had caught up to her a bit. When she speaks, she speaks slowly, imposing her will to control a very thick accent.

"So Nalrak, your vow is all the talk here. I'll not pry into why, but I'll know what it means to you now. Is this a vow for life, or a vow for a term?

While I've heard Nega's thoughts on the Stoneburner mission, if you could address them briefly as well, I would hear of it.

I would also care to hear why your group is going to the Stonelands. The Patriarch told you some things, did he not? I heard you came into conflict with both dragons and dwarves. What do you think should be done about the later? Was it as bad as I hear?" she asks him, and watches his reactions closely.

Toliudar
2013-12-14, 02:08 AM
Johannes

One of the advantages of playing poker with devils is that you are not easily intimidated by blowhard generals who think that they know everything. Johannes does indeed sit when asked - after all, to be invited to sit in the king's presence was an honour - but he is already thinking about which world he and Yennifer might best retreat to until this blows over. Or, more likely, up.

Joh smiles for a moment at General Barakus, then turns his attention back to the Patriarch.

"My Liege, a Stoneburner is no deterrant to a well prepared mage. It takes too long to get into place and activate, and worse yet, it seems to require exactly the kind of expertise that he has and we do not. The last time you set out to use it, you managed to turn the people you need to power it into implacable enemies, give a dangerous lunatic unspeakable power, lose a major artifact and level our own fortress. The Stoneburner is is not a deterrant. It's elaborate and complicated suicide.

"If you're going to try to kill Kaladus, best to lure him away from the Foundry. Me, I'd consider that an insanely risky hornet's nest to kick when you don't have to, but fill your iron-shod boots, by all means. I wish you nothing but great joy and complete success with that. I'll see you in a few months to pick up your payment for my vault door."

Johannes was being uncharacteristically sincere. Anyone who isn't afraid of an insane, vengeful and very powerful wizard is, in his estimation, a moron, and likely to get a great many other people killed before dying himself. That very day, he will make arrangements with Yennifer to relocate to another Prime world for a period of not less than two months.

If Hignar appreciates members of his Patriarchate that speak their minds and use some initiative, perhaps Johannes will be welcomed back when he is proved wrong and Hundlestone is (I'm assuming) not a smouldering ruin two months later.

And if not...well, I have an idea for a dwarven malconvoker who hates hates hates the fiends he works with.

Just let me know.

mshady
2013-12-14, 03:36 AM
OOC: not inviting him to Hundlestone but Wayward, a plane between here and Sigil. Old west desert town. I think they do get how dangerous Kaladus is, which is why they want to get him first. Bold move though, I like :))

BelGareth
2013-12-14, 01:57 PM
Kal-Resh

He narrows his eyes at the leader speaking, he wasn't sure if the man was angry at him or not, but shrugged his shoulders slightly as if he didn't care.

"I come from the Far Woods, Elder Earwyrd taught and raised me since I was a boy, he is a companion of Turlang the Treant, I was caught before I could devote myself to Mighty Turlang." he sighed and looked down, as if the memory of his Master, his forest hurt, looking back up, he looked somber "Earwyrd was a good man, I...I loved him...he took care of me, taught me how to read the forest, how to listen, really listen and heed the sounds. He showed me how to release my other forms, to walk and run with them...but..."

He looks up as if tepid as to what he was about to say "I am not like other druids, Master Snec’ma. I cannot commune with the spirits, I cannot heal, or call the power of mother nature...my abilities are...he winces slightly, different."

"I would show you, but my shoulder hurts...." he whines slightly as he moves it, "I was told you might be able to...help me, with certain items of power, I am in need of armor" he says looking to his wounds.

thorgrim29
2013-12-15, 02:20 PM
Thordrek

((Did we visit Suzail and meet the people in charge off screen or are we goingt here after the scouting trip))

Thordrek stands up to stretch his legs a bit after a few hours hunched over the maps. He looks around at the assembled company, whose gear must be worth a couple hundred thousand gold coins, sleeping in a barn at the very edges of civilisation. It seems weird and yet oddly fitting.

The last few months of research and planning did not quite prepare him for the bleakness of the place, and not for the first time he has doubts about his first command.

Wyatt, Kal Resh, our host will be arriving in a few hours and I assume he'll have some of his scouts with him. For you to get the most out of meeting them I'd like you to do a flyover of what's ahead, keep an eye out for anything that's not on our map and any likely looking forts on a mountain, our ideal site would be a repairable fort on top of a mountain we can tunnel through and if at all possible would have space for a griffon eyrie. Be back before the sunset.

Gryndel
2013-12-15, 08:01 PM
Magnum

With his newly acquired pair of pistols girded across the front of his thick armor, the war priest looked even more daunting than ever before. The only change that the position of Captain, bestowed upon him by the Patriarch himself, had brought to him was a more vocal interaction between himself and those around him. Though still not boisterously verbose, he participated more often in discussions than ever before. Poring over the map with much beard tugging and the occasional grunt of thought, he finally sat back and drank more ale from his everlasting bottle.

Nodding to the Baron’s command to the scouts, he added quickly, “I’ve got a spell that’ll allow me ta track yer position an’ general condition.”

Cast Status (http://www.d20srd.org/srd/spells/status.htm) on both.

Motioning to the map he said, “Though I’d personally like ta check out da tunnels, an’ especially the Underdark around here, I believe our best first step is ta check out da keeps along da road. What our scouts find might alter dat, but it seems da most strategically an’ tactically sound approach fer now.”

Looking around at the others, Magnum shrugged, “Any more ta add?”

Is the floor of this place made of stone? If so, he could make it more comfortable and secure with a well-placed casting or three of wall of stone.

Also, thought Valina was coming along, but maybe not on the scouting mission?

Sheet all updated.

Grodech
2013-12-15, 08:33 PM
Grathalmor kept silent, which was as much of an approval as anything. He trusted Thordrek and Magnum's leadership, and they knew he'd speak up if anything they proposed sounded like a gnomish pipe-dream.

The accommodations were less than courteous of what they had expected of their host, he noted. But then again, given what they'd done with the stoneburner, anyone would want to keep this group at arms length, he was sure.

OMG PONIES
2013-12-26, 01:47 PM
Nalrak Ironfist

The good doctor looks around at their accommodations, admiring the fact that the roof seems intact and none of the walls are crumbling. Due to his time on battlefields or their aftermath, he had come to appreciate things like structural integrity. He catches his cousin's eye, and even though Grath doesn't speak Nalrak knows what he's thinking. "Now Grath, it ain't all bad," Nalrak pipes cheerily. "This'll do just fine. After all, there's fresh straw on the beds! That oughta keep the vermin at bay...at least for a while."

Nalrak winces as he eyes the map. Try as he might to be merciful, he harbors naught but ill will toward the drow. He could only imagine what minor crime had led to some poor creature being flayed just for...Rather than thinking about it any longer, he consumes his mind with the job at hand. "Aye," he says in agreement with Magnum. "If we can clear a keep or two along the road, it can function as a major artery. From there, we can fan out off the road like capula..." He pauses long enough to realize that his medical metaphor was lost on most of his companions. "Er, think of it like a tree. We can establish a strong trunk along the road, then we can branch out from there to the deeper parts."

The time flies as Nalrak falls back into old routines with the Knightingale. Even still, there is some degree of angst bubbling just below the surface; if his brethren knew what he had done--not just to Aurilites, but to fellow dwarves--they might not be so inclined to have him in their company. Though he enjoys the work, he finds himself breathing a sigh of relief when the work is interrupted.

Of course, any bit of relief is done away with when he turns to see Thria's piercing blue eyes locked with his. He immediately wishes for a circulatory issue and curses his bad luck when his body instead responds in perfect health. Blood pumps through his cheeks and causes them to blush, an effect he can only hope is concealed by his beard.

"You m-m-must be Thria," he can't help but stutter like a schoolboy. "I'm Doctor N-nalrak Ironfist. Charmed." Nalrak immediately scolds himself for introducing himself by title, as if that held any sort of sway. He keeps his mind to the business at hand once more in order to spare himself any further embarassment. "I'll not keep the Matriarch waiting," he nods. "Just a chance to scrub out and I'll be along."

As Thria leaves, he desperately longs to say something witty, something memorable--something a sight better than he had managed to choke out thus far. He wishes for Johannes' natural wit and charisma, but summons none of it. As the beautiful priestess leaves him to his work, he manages to get out one sentence: "Let me know if you have any infections; I can take care of that for you." Damned fool, he immediately thinks. Just had to say something, didn't we?

* * *

A short while later, Nalrak is sitting with the Matriarch. He still wears his surgical apron, but he has cleaned off the blood and viscera. Gone is the armor he had worn before, replaced instead with coarse burlap beneath his simple apron. He carries a staff at his side, used more for utility than weaponry, and his hair and beard are both tightly braided near his face to keep a stray strand from finding its way into a patient's wounds. Though simple, he appears as clean and noble as an old sawbones like himself can.

He responds simply and directly to the Matriarch's questions, mirroring her style in his answers. "My vow may be permanent," he nods. In all the thought he had given it, he never once considered a duration. "It's a part of my path to redemption, but I don't know if its end lies within my lifetime or beyond it.

The Stoneburner mission was...a necessary evil, and part of the reason for my vow. I took an oath long ago to first do no harm, and by detonating that weapon I broke that vow. However, I've come to realize that we must sometimes do some harm in order to prevent a greater ill. So it was with the Stoneburner. As such, I have taken a vow to first do no wrong in its place...even when the good I must do is burdensome."

When the Matriarch asks about the Stonelands, Nalrak furrows his brow in attempts to remember. So much had gone on in that discussion that he couldn't keep everything straight. "We're going to make the Stonelands safe again, that much I remember. I can't recall fully, and I don't wish to spread rumors, so that's the job as far as I know it.

As to the conflict with our fellow dwarves..." Nalrak pauses for another moment, willing himself to say the next words: "Another necessary evil. For all I've read in the Scriptures about extending mercy to the merciless, I feel that we as finite creatures have a limit. We must always extend mercy first, but if it is not accepted, sometimes we must be stern. Again, in the name of the greater good."

Nalrak thought back to his professors at the medical school. How they'd blanch to see him now, talking more like a utilitarian than the pie-eyed optimist they had schooled him to be. However, he had seen too much since his eyes were wide with wonder to keep them that way. Sometimes, he found himself wishing he could just close them and forget for a while. However, he knew that ignorance was no way to treat an infection.

mshady
2013-12-30, 03:01 AM
Wyatt and Kal'resh

Wyatt and Kal’resh bid their farewells for the moment and head out of their humbling accommodations. They had time, but not a lot of it before the War Wizard was going to arrive. Still, they did had some time and as most of these keeps were constructed in the same era and fell at about the same time so they should be in about the same condition. Not that either of them were experts on this kind of thing.

When Kal-resh transforms into a an eagle, Wyatt puts one of the saddles from the griffons on Kal-resh’s feathered back. After being “bounced” by that dragon in the north and nearly falling to his death, he figured a saddle might be appropriate. At least it would give him something to hold on to!
So the two took flight and headed away from Castle Crag and along the border of the Stonelands, looking for any structures. It was hard to see much from a significant altitude with the naked eye, especially with the spotty fog in the area. It forced them to fly lower, no more than 200 feet off of the ground, and that meant they could be seen too. They flew over several small encampments of some sort of humanoid. It was hard to tell specifically, there were multiple camp fires at each of them. The area was lousy with them.

They did fly by several keeps, spread out every few miles. There would find a smaller one, and a larger one, followed by a small one followed by long stretch between the two. When they doubled back to the first keep, they headed deeper into the Stonelands. The area looked worse as they went, and as the sun began to sit lower in the sky, each passing mile filled them with a sense of dread. The land itself seemed darker and less hospitable, with rugged hills and streams or small lakes between them. It was almost maze like. The only order to it all was that someone had battered a road through the rocks deeper into the interior where they found yet another keep. This one is like the bigger keep behind them, but with broken towers atop thicker walls with a more robust looking fort on the inside. It sits atop a small plateau.

With time running short, they circle the place and see it has suffered some significant damage from battle and from being pillaged for its stones. They also seem several fires and humanoids milling around inside. On the second pass, they start shooting arrows into the air ineffectually at them. Deciding it was time to turn back, they fly back towards Castle Cragg with news. All of the places indeed look old and in need of repair. Significant repairs, to the point they are barely more defensible than camping out in the open except for some shade.

All of them were occupied too…

mshady
2013-12-30, 08:23 PM
Buna to Nalrak

Buna sits in the corner and listens to the back and forth. She is sitting next to Grathalmor with her arms crossed, in casual dress for once. The tan and black fatigues of the Patriarchate are baggy on her, but she looks comfortable enough.

“Clear a keep or TWO? Branch out from there? Just how many dwarves do ye think they are sending down this way” she says and shakes her head. “We’re certainly not leaving whole fortifications in the hands of mercenaries, ours or anyone else’s.”

The Matriarch to Nalrak

As Nalrak heads into the Matriarch’s chambers, he can’t help but think of his brief encounter with Thria. She quite easy on the eyes, and the way she chuckled at his awkward remark heartened him a bit. She seemed to be used to men saying stupid things around her, and she still smiled at him all the same. The Matriarch commanded his attention now. The woman was imposing and strongly built, and had once traveled with the Patriarch. Indeed it was said she was a Chosen one just like Hignar was, but the status itself was so rare it seemed unlikely two in the same group would be so blessed.

They were part of the same group, yes?
She sits silently for a moment and takes in what he says for a moment before speaking.

“All paths to redemption have a beginning, middle and an end. Dumathion might tell ye, but yer heart will know in da end. Ye seem to be takin’ a drastic action over a “necessary evil”.

Ye seem to bear guilt that ye might have contributed to kill’n other dwarves, but ask yerself what it means to be a dwarf. Besides, did they tell you they think all of the dwarves ye encountered escaped?” she smiles slightly and shakes her head. “We are all finite creatures. Mercy is only for those who would accept it. They have decided we don’t deserve any, but the Patriarch feels the same way. That can only end one way, unless someone else can get between the two. The question I am contemplating here is if that should be me, how and if I should. I have my doubts” she says and sips from a glass.

“If it helps you lessen your guilt, the armor they were wearing, I doubt you did was more than knock them out. Or at least most of them. The rest had a powerful mage with them, and enough magic to move that many in the first place. They may not have got the Stoneburner, but have ye thought if that was the objective?”


“Now for the Stonelands, peace be with you and I am glad to hear a skilled healer like ye will be accompanying them. Inquire here if there is something else ye need for your travels. I have my doubts, but I do know that what ye are doing there is of great importance. Maybe if the Patriarch can return home, they’ll be calmed for now. Even I have my doubts about his wisdom, but I’ve known him long enough to know he is very wise, but acts with his heart and only gambles with large stakes with the confidence of someone who has won those bets many times. Above all else, keep a calm head and open mind to try and ease things in the years ahead” she says and drinks again.

“Is there anything ye would ask of me before ye leave? Anything you need here in Sunderhelme?”

Grodech
2013-12-31, 10:33 AM
Buna to Nalrak

Buna sits in the corner and listens to the back and forth. She is sitting next to Grathalmor with her arms crossed, in casual dress for once. The tan and black fatigues of the Patriarchate are baggy on her, but she looks comfortable enough.

“Clear a keep or TWO? Branch out from there? Just how many dwarves do ye think they are sending down this way” she says and shakes her head. “We’re certainly not leaving whole fortifications in the hands of mercenaries, ours or anyone else’s.”


"Heh." Grathalmor says "She's got ya there, 'cuz. We'll be lucky ta have enough manpower ta keep one hold, or hold one keep, or whatever."

Strangie
2013-12-31, 03:10 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt is glad for the saddle - he puts it to good use. "Just so we get 'dis straight, I'm not a mounted fighter. I prefer my own two feet. 'dis saddle sure makes me feel a heck of a lot safer, 'dough. Goddamned dragons need to just piss off and die, y'know?" he says with a frown, shaking his head, saddling up and taking off with the druid Kal-Resh...

...

When Wyatt returns with his druid partner, he seems to have a mixed reaction of what he found.

Not a terribly pleasant place, according to his written notes...

"Well, Thordrek, the fort is definitely in need of repairs. Kinda crumbly. Also we got shot at. No hits, 'dough. Still, the whole compound is occupied, buuuuut I suspect 'dat won't be too much of a problem, eh?"

mshady
2014-01-02, 02:39 AM
The Patriarch to Johannes

The leaders at the table all pause their conversation and look across at Johannes. The chamber becomes very quiet for a moment and he watches the Patriarch place both of his hands on the table. Johannes notices he has thick, short, fingers that make the rings on his hands look overly large. He has a half smile on his face.

“You are a bold one” the Patriarch remarks to Johannes. “You talk as if you are the smartest one in the room, and presuppose we are all craven with power and have not considered any of this before. We all know it is not a deterrent to a well prepared mage. We know it takes too long. The loss of the Anvil is unfortunate, as well as the loss of an ancient holdfast, but I’ll not lament the loss o’what we did not have too much. The Godsmen may be our enemies now, but they have something we need and we have something they want. We did give a dangerous lunatic great power. You seem long on judgment here though, and short on solutions. That’s why I wear a crown and ye wear a foppish hat” Hignar says, and as he speaks, his face turns from the amicable fellow who told a sad story while drinking too much ale into a very hard, chiseled face with intense eyes and the first embers of a temper being kindled can be seen as well.

He pauses a moment and reaches for some walnuts, regards the few in his hand, and crushes the walnut shells in his powerful hands with a crackling sound. Picking out a nut, he pops it into his mouth before continuing.

“Firstly, it is a deterrent. It’s a deterrent to everyone else out there who don’t know all the weaknesses. It’s a deterrent to the people I intend it to be, because they should know the next time it is used, it won’t be some throw together group of Tolrin’s friends, an elderly paladin, some of a strike team and people ye picked up along the way. It will be all of us, and while the Stoneburner may not deter a powerful mage, Glorian and I sure as hell will. I respect what all of ye did, and if I knew now that mission would draw their attention, I would have done what ye did myself. Seemed that would have drawn attention. Buehler did the best he could with it though, seeing as they were scrying on ye most of the way there.

As for Kaladus, we created that problem and we have to fix it. If ye think the Godsmen are happy about his power, they’re not. Their Factol has to feel threatened, and so do the others. He is a threat to us, and I can either sit here and give him more Stoneburners, gold and precious metals to make him more of a threat, or I can deal with it. The only way to deal with him, at this point, is to kill him. If I do, that solves our problem and the Godsmen’s problem. We both go back to normal. It’s very dangerous, but there’s no choice in the matter and I’ll be putting my life and the lives of friends I’ve known for centuries on the line. He sounds so arrogant, he would never expect someone to challenge him head on.

It’s either that, or I don’t deal with him. With the power he does have, what stops him from coming here and forcing us to give him what he wants? He does not seem the type that just gives up when he does not get what he wants. Does he strike you that way?” Hignar tells Johannes, before taking a sip from his ale stein again.

“When we asked ye to go to Sigil and arrange this deal to get what we wanted, you agreed to do it. Even though you obviously had misgivings, you agreed. You even helped negotiate the parameters of a deal. Clearly you knew I would not accept it, but you are a requirement to making that arrogant man think we are doing what he wants. If you just disappear from the process, what is he going to think? That puts all our lives in jeopardy. You gave your word you would handle this negotiation, that you would represent me on this and I will hold ye too that word, Johannes. I’ve no desire to coerce ye to do this, but as I see it the stakes are quite high now. I’ll not give a madman more power, nor will I pay him tribute or hope he does not show up at my door making demands when he has the advantage. It is either that, or we confront him. If you think saying yes to his demands is a dangerous proposition, what do ye think the risks are of saying no?

I share your fears, but we cannot disappear for a few months and hope things get resolved. So I ask ye a second time, if you will return and infiltrate the Godsmen to carry a message to their Factol and learn who Kaladus’ enemies are or not? Otherwise, go and we'll talk when it's all over.” he says, looking right at Johannes.

Toliudar
2014-01-02, 12:18 PM
Johannes

For the sake of keeping his head as a safe place to keep his hat, Johannes kept a straight face and enumerated the gaps in the king's thought process only mentally.

Namely, first and foremost, that just because he did his job despite being absolutely clear about his misgivings about the job, in no way increased his obligation to continue doing that job. That Hignar wearing a crown instead of a truly grand and spectacular hat had everything to do with the accident of birth and nothing at all to do with wit. That the king couldn't have it both ways: either they were aware of what Kaladus could do, or they weren't. That he was short on solutions, even though he had in fact offered up three recommended course of action. Johannes was beginning to entertain the notion that he was, in fact, the smartest person in this room. And the thought did not make him happy.

Still, he plastered on another smile.

"My Liege flatters me, in making me believe that I am essential to any aspect of his service.

"I would point out that I was very careful, in negotiating the terms of this agreement, not to promise the participation of any given individual. Excepting yourself, my Lord, and only insomuch as you are indispensible in your role as Chosen. Kaladus has already shown tremendous dislike for me, and given my participation in the antics with the previous Stoneburner, he may have some good reason for that. This is one of the reasons why I suggested that a fresh agent would be a more appropriate choice.

"I am pleased, nay, overjoyed that My Lord agrees with the assessment that the Stoneburner is no deterrant against Kaladus."

Johannes cannot quite resist a quick glance and a wink over at the blowhard General Barakas.

"But you are quite correct that the possibility of it existing may be a deterrant against enemies who have territory that they cannot sacrifice. However, you have already amply demonstrated your possession of such capability, and have a special magicky place which you can protect from magical investigation. All you need to do is let slip, in a few key places, that you've found a way to create an entire Stoneburner without the Glowstones, but not actually build more Stoneburners. In that way, you create the same deterrance with potential enemies, and reduce the chance of Kaladus stealing or forcing the creation of another to approximately zero. My Lord, I know that I am a foppish idiot who does not contribute to solutions, so please allow me to put forward this reasoning, so that my betters can examine it and demonstrate the fallacies."

He executes a small bow.

"As for Kaladus coming back here in revenge, at all or in what way: well, it is hard to predict the timeline or priorities of a madman."

Johannes shrugs.

"As for me returning to continue negotiations and spend several days in the Foundry to gather intelligence...well, there are several difficulties with this, aside from a personal and deeply held desire to never see that man again.

"You are, with all due respect My Liege, conflating two mutually incompatible courses of action. The first involves planting a new acolyte among the Godsmen. As I said, not a dwarf, and ideally someone who is hired through a double blind, an agent in Sigil, so that if captured the trail doesn't lead back to you. They would gather information and potentially lay the foundations for an internal revolt. Should Factol Ambar still be a force among the Godsmen, he would indeed be very threatened by Kaladus. However, it's just as possible that Ambar is dead, replaced with a puppet, or magically forced into service.

"Regardless, that kind of long-term presence in the Foundry requires someone who will in no way register as a threat to Kaladus. And his threats and imprecations on our last meeting suggest that he is indeed threatened by me.

"As for continuing negotiations on your behalf, my liege, either in good faith or as a cover to give time for military action...again, no further effort is required on my part. There is a built in waiting period before the first set of deliveries, which you can, if you wish, use to assemble a covert force to strike in Wayrest. I would of course leave the planning of such things to those military experts who are not frightened of Kaladus."

Johannes bows with something approximating genuine respect at Buehler.

"Whereas I am a simple coward who is, as I have stated, flat out terrified of that asshat."

The feather on his hat describes a brief figure eight before he continues.

"I, or anyone representing your Lordship on a visit to Sigil would doubtless be subject to extraordinary scrutiny, both magical and mundane. While I am, if I may say so myself, not entirely unversed in such matters, even I am not capable of both being a known enemy and above suspicion at the same time. My last visit to the Foundry was posted in advance, and with the explicit aim of executing a treaty of trade, and still the interview was conducted surrounded by a ring of guards, and Kaladus tried to rush me out the door after five minutes. Hardly the kind of welcome that encourages a bit of poking around in the off hours.

"If you wish me to go back to renegotiate some part of the agreement, I am willing to entertain such a notion, My Liege, but it would be most useful for me to understand why I was renegotiating before I agree to do so. If my Lord would care to enlighten me, I am, as the elves are fond of saying, all ears."

It was an old dwarven joke, and not a particularly funny one, but sometimes the traditional standards were better than something new and innovative. Johannes executed another small bow, and straightened, waiting for clarification from Hilgar.

mshady
2014-01-02, 08:46 PM
The Patriarch to Johannes

“Kaladus shows tremendous dislike for anyone not Kaladus. Tis almost a principle for him” Buehler remarks early in Johannes reply. “I should’ve killed him when I had the chance, not taken Nalrak’s advice” he adds, grumbling into a stein of ale.

After that, the group listens as Johannes works through his reply. At the end of it, the Patriarch is sitting in his chair with a calmer appearance, the severe look and building embers of fury subdued for now. He leans over and whispers something to Prince Tolrin, and it sparks a couple minutes of discussion between the group. For a moment, Johannes hopes they had forgot about him and he could exit but he had no such luck.

“Yer good with words and stating yer case, I’ll give ye that. Not many ‘round here can do that, especially when it comes to me. For that, ye should consider that aspect of yer service essential. Ye do have a penchant for insolence that wears on the nerves though” Hignar says, rubbing the side of his neck for a moment before pausing again.

“Ye might be right about letting word out we can produce the weapons without dependence on glow stones. It would still serve as a deterrent, because we have a big hole in a mountain that says so, and we have a couple others. The problem though is ‘hat I do intend to use more so I need to make more. I plan to destroy the holdfast of Thurgar the Lich King and, while it pains me, the Unalloyed Church and all of my heretical kin. There are a few other places in Faerun that could use being wiped off a map and we’d be better for it. Having saw the limitations first hand, I can’t assume everyone we use will work.

I can assume that, as we stole copies of these plans from them, they are working on similar and will want to put them under Citadel Adbar, Feldbarr, Sundabar, Mirabar, Mithril Hall, here and quite a few other places. How else do I deter that without more?” he says and shrugs, honestly seeming lost for a better idea.

“So if ye can’t go back and hire these agents, how do ye suppose they be hired? I might know someone, an old traveling companion who was a pirate, a rogue and a business woman with a similar taste for fancy hats. Would she be of service? She has been to Sigil before, I believe. Normally I’d ask Buehler to do that kind of thing, but if you’re disliked, I can only imagine the suspicion he would incur. Or perhaps drow? Or maybe that yugoloth mercenary Carmard hired?” Hignar asks.

“What about carrying a message back to Kaladus that we are not willing to hand over Stoneburner shells, and simply offer to buy what we need? Increase the payment? That might give us another month or so for agents to get messages to the Factol” Glorian asks Johannes.

“Once we get Kaladus where we want him, we can use the tombstones to create anti-magic zones in Wayrest and cut him off from his power. Should be an easy kill after that. We just need to make sure after he is gone, the Godsmen are willing to deal with us” Buehler adds.

Toliudar
2014-01-03, 12:57 AM
Johannes

Johannes shrugs.

"My apologies, My Lord. I was under the impression that you wanted us to speak frankly in order to solve this problem. I will henceforth only offer flattering platitudes."

He snorts, shaking his head.

"King Hignar, it is a sign of respect that I offer you a candid assessment of the situation as I see it. If I did not believe that I could help, and that you might listen, I would simply nod, keep my mouth shut, and be gone before morning.

"As I thought we had just agreed, actually using stoneburners does nothing to deter anything. If anything, using them again signals your desire to create more swaths of violence, and makes you more of a target of anyone who might see themself as a future recipient of a stoneburner. In fact, attempting to send a powerful device like a Stoneburner into the realm of a lich dramatically increases the likelihood that he will be able to seize the device and use it against you. I cannot stress this enough, My Lord. You keep insisting that using these devices will make you safer, but I assure you that the opposite is true.

"You chide me for not understanding the situation. It's difficult for me to offer meaningful advice when I am not trusted with the full story of the stoneburners. You will of course ignore the questions that you don't want to answer. From whom did you steal the plans for the stoneburner? How is one made? What is involved with the creation of the glowstones? What is actually required to activate one?

"Given our experiences with the last Stoneburner, do we have any evidence that a second use of the device would go more smoothly? What is your plan for planting a device near Thurgar without creating even worse problems than that created by Kaladus?

"As for how best to connect with agents in Sigil, I think that that avenue of approach should follow a decision regarding how to deal with Kaladus. Once you know the desired end point, a path may be charted. So, my King. Is it your intention to ambush and kill Kaladus in Wayrest in twenty-three days?"

Gryndel
2014-01-05, 10:05 AM
Magnum

Though he chafed somewhat at someone like Buna who rarely had anything positive to add, but rather only shot down the ideas of others, he truly valued such input when it was valid. The war priest kept that irritation under his beard for now as he said, "While Buna has a good point, I still believe it'd be better ta clear 'em instead o'leavin' 'em as havens fer humanoid enemies so close. We don't necessarily have ta hold em, nor leave em standin' fer dat matter. Now I do agree dat mercenaries aren't da best allies ta be sure, but dey be better'n orcs or goblins eh? Besides, we gotta start somewhere, an' what better place'n next door!"

After Wyatt and Kal returned and reported, Magnum added, "Looks like it shouldna be a big issue clearin' da keeps nearby, given da state o' disrepair reported by our intrepid scouts. An assault oughta clearly signal any allies dey may have dat we're here an' serious about dis business. O'course I prefer leavin' no survivors ta report or seek aid elsewhere, but such scum notoriously run fer da hills when defeat is obvious."

thorgrim29
2014-01-05, 01:15 PM
Thordrek

I like the looks of that bigger fort you found Wyatt, maybe our hosts know more about it

Grodech
2014-01-05, 01:20 PM
Magnum
After Wyatt and Kal returned and reported, Magnum added, "Looks like it shouldna be a big issue clearin' da keeps nearby, given da state o' disrepair reported by our intrepid scouts. An assault oughta clearly signal any allies dey may have dat we're here an' serious about dis business. O'course I prefer leavin' no survivors ta report or seek aid elsewhere, but such scum notoriously run fer da hills when defeat is obvious."

"I like yer thinkin' Magnum." Grathalmor says "We could move keep ta keep, cleanen 'em out and use it ta launch ta the next one, til we get ta da big one, then send out sorties ta make sure the others stay clear. Or dismantle 'em so nothin' can move in, and using da materials ta reinforce da big one.."

mshady
2014-01-08, 10:01 AM
Kal-resh and Wyatt - Backstory

Snec’ma listens to Kal’resh’s words, not really changing his severe look. He stands motionless, looking at Kal’resh, the feathers braided into his hair blowing in the wind.

“I do not know of this Earwyrd of Turlang the Treant. These are all southern names to me” he says, either not knowing or not caring about those names. “Your way of communing with the nature spirits is not unlike how we have. Know that while you can become one with an animal and take its shape, do not give into its nature. Be man before beast. To put the beast before man is the way of Malar, shape changers with the gift and disease of lycanthropy. Given your bestial nature as part orc, you can be fierce but you can also be a danger. Some of my own brothers have been put down for such” he says sternly. The elf pauses and bows slightly towards Kal’resh, a sign of respect to accompany the warning.

Looking him over, he shakes his head slightly, disapproving with a glance at his wounded shoulder. The druid sniffs the air for a moment, holding his nose upward slightly to take in the scent.

“Yes, you need armor. You also need to not be bitten by dragons. The dwarf King under the Cairn banished them from his territory, but not his air, for no one owns the sky. Now they hunt it harder than ever. Given our shared means of dedication, we have some experience is crafting protection from our shape shifters. Take the armor of brother Falling Leaf and the precious stone in the clasp that powers it if you want, I ask only that you give us a semblance of its value as we must trade from time to time.

While we are both druids and you must sorely be in need of mentoring, we cannot allow your kind in our Circle here. We rarely even so much as talk with any Outsiders. We keep to ourselves and leave others to themselves. Should you find yourself very sorely in need of council though, you may petition me as I am an Elder. Tell your King under the Cairn I am grateful for his help, but I will not drink tea with others, only him if is very sorely in need of it. Tell him the way to visit his ice bound cousins is as rough as it has always been, and we can give no directions as there is only north to the highest glaciers or on the seas looking for whales. They feel kinship to him though and prefer to be left alone. As do I” Snec’ma says, giving Wyatt and Kal’resh hard looks to make it abundantly clear he prefers to be left alone.

Turning back to the others, he motions one of them forward. The elf brings a large trunk and sets it down by Snec’ma. The Elder looks down at it with a severe look and takes a step away from it.

“The belongings of our lost Leaf. Given to an elf in a distant circle, instead of being returned to the land or the Circle that gave so much to him. Take his things, and be gone” he says and returns back into the darkness, his feet barely leaving a trace in the snow.

The two approach the trunk, and it is clear this could present a bit of a problem with flying out. Snec’ma does not stick around to see what kind of offering Kal’resh would leave, and it seems Snec’ma pointedly ignored much of how Kal came to be here.

Inside the trunk, they find a suit of armor and an arming jacket for underneath. The armor is made of leather, with blocks of hard, dark looking wood sewn into the armor. The leather is thick, bur surprisingly supply where it needed to be. The arming jacket is more like a full leather suit but is quite thin material. There are also boots made of the same leather, but do not seem to have any sort of special function. The armor set includes a hood as well. It is all a mottled white with grey stripes on it, presumably to help one blend in better with the snow. Inside the trunk is also an elaborate clasp and a winter wolf cloak that looks quite a bit like the one the Patriarch himself wears. In its sheath is a fine looking scimitar, as elegant as it is deadly, along with a bow and a sling. There is also a small collection of gems, jewelry other things with no discernible value or function, but there could be. One of them though is clearly a Ring of Sustenance.

The armor is a heavy studded leather equivalent, giving it a natural +4 AC and 5 Dex bonus, with +2 enhancement. There is a presently non magical winter wolf cloak as well, with the wildling clasp so you can transform and still use equipment. The boots on the armor are equivalent to a Boots of the Winterlands, so the snow is not a big issue for you either. The suit of armor appears to have a removable layer of insulation for warmer climates, appears to have been patched a couple times. It also has a 1 DR/blunt.

The sword, spear and bow are in the box as well, along with other personal effects, arrows and a written journal. You also see several strings of ears, from various races, including human and orc. The scimitar is theoretically the only thing the other druid needs to have conveyed, as it appears this Falling Leaf was more a ranger than a druid…

At this point, have to figure out how to get a 30 – 40 lbs box home. The cairn is about 30 miles away, I think… After that, this needs to be presented to the Patriarch.

You can leave your donation by the tree...

OMG PONIES
2014-01-08, 03:47 PM
“Clear a keep or TWO? Branch out from there? Just how many dwarves do ye think they are sending down this way” she says and shakes her head. “We’re certainly not leaving whole fortifications in the hands of mercenaries, ours or anyone else’s.”

"Apologies," Nalrak mutters sheepishly. "I fear I misunderstood the scope of the mission; I thought we were an initial force rather than the whole of it." If there was one thing the doctor hated, it was being wrong. But, damn it all, if there were two things he hated, the second was looking a fool in public. He sits quietly, hoping that the others had more helpful input than he did.

The Matriarch & Nalrak


“All paths to redemption have a beginning, middle and an end. Dumathion might tell ye, but yer heart will know in da end. Ye seem to be takin’ a drastic action over a “necessary evil”.

Nalrak can't help but feel a sense of relief when the Matriarch mentions that all paths--even his--have an end. He just wished that he knew when that end would be, and wondered why the middle was so long. As the matriarch refers to his drastic action, the doctor feels compelled to respond.

"All due respect, Mother*, but some overlook the evil due to the necessity. I can't bring myself to do so, despite the intent or the results. Setting that thing off was evil; there was no other word for it. Doesn't mean it wasn't necessary, and doesn't mean that it won't be necessary again, but neither does that mean it was good."

A small shiver goes up Nalrak's spine at the thought of it. Between the searing light, the heat, and Kaladus' maniacal cackles, that was as close to Hell as he'd ever like to come. Add in the sound of the explosion and the intestine-twisting feeling of the shockwave, and it created a picture Nalrak didn't look forward to painting again anytime soon.

Escaped. The word the Matriarch meant to ease Nalrak simply raised more questions. He had felt the explosion from so far away that he could do naught but marvel at the magic that must have protected the Unalloyed from such a blast. If even the Stoneburner couldn't stop them, what could? The question nags at him as the Matriarch mentions possible involvement. He knows better than to chip in--that was a decision for the Matriarch to make alone, and for Nalrak to provide an opinion without being asked would be viewed as meddling. Instead, he listens.


They may not have got the Stoneburner, but have ye thought if that was the objective?”

Nalrak turns the question over in his mind again and again, but no solutions fall out. They had mentioned Buehler as their primary objective, but then why had they refused to let the others go? Nalrak is visibly puzzled, but he doesn't risk looking dense in front of the Matriarch by asking what might be an obvious question. He makes a note to ask Grath about it later.


[COLOR="Purple"]“Is there anything ye would ask of me before ye leave? Anything you need here in Sunderhelme?”

The best part of Nalrak's vow was that it left him with very little to ask in the way of favors. "No thank you, Mother*," he politely declines the offer. "I've come to give, not to receive. I hope my service here has been helpful. Please call on me if there's anything else you need."

*I figured "Mother" would be a decent honorific title akin to "Her Majesty" for someone named The Matriarch. Let me know if you don't like it and I'll edit it out.

thorgrim29
2014-01-09, 12:58 AM
Thordrek

We are just scouting for now Nalrak, but we won't have enough resources to hold more then one keep... or course we'll probably end up clearing a few of them out, but we won't have enough manpower to hold on to a lot of territory.

BelGareth
2014-01-09, 09:47 PM
Kal listens to the stranger, he was a rude man, but then bowed to him...strange, and then warned him of Malar? who in the nine is Malar?

Kal thought for a moment, caught up in his thoughts more than listening, and didn't realize the rude elf had walked away, wyatt moved to a chest and so he followed.

Whispering to his friend "He was rude" he said quietly, and then looking over the equipment, he smiled, "ah, armor, p'raps those sneaky dragons will think twice!" he exclaims, almost to loud, even though they were alone, apparently.

He looks to Wyatt, "I will leave all of my share, I have no need for it, and they do, this is good stuff." obviously the idea that he had his own stuff was exciting to him.

He dons the armor, boots, and cloak, attaching the clasp to his armor, like he has seen his mentor do many times, he knew this equipment, strange as it was for Kal.

He turns to Wyatt in the middle of dressing "How are we to get back? Shall I flow, but low to the ground?"

mshady
2014-01-11, 10:36 AM
For Johannes

The Patriarch bites his lip for a moment, and looks at Buehler and Prince Tolrin. The two give him a slight nod.

"Yes, it is our intention to confront Kaladus in 23 days in Wayrest. Chart a course, and we will review it. In this meeting if ye will, 23 days is not a long time. We've confronted bigger bullies than him. I just want ye to make sure that when this is done, the Godsmen give us back the anvil and will trade for the stones. Glorian can explain what they are, I suppose..."

Glorian gives him an irate 'do I have to?' look before shooting a scowl at the Patriarch. Johannes knew the two had a history, and if not for common cause, she may very well not be here at all.

"The glowstones are a kind of stone. They can hold charges, like a wand. Depending on the quality they can hold up to a thousand of them. They can be used to recharge magicked items, or If broken, they can cause a great deal of damage on their own. The Stoneburner taps a battery of 24 of them, they are harmonized with each other and we use it to power the 'burner's spells, and when they have done their work, all the stones are broken at once. Ye don't need to know the how of it.

With Thurgar, rest assured what ye used was only the first operational one. After some modifications, we might be able to make it quicker and easier to move. No souls or Arcanii required, if we're lucky. Good enough for ye?" she asks him, not happy about having to provide explanations.

mshady
2014-01-11, 10:42 AM
The Stonelands

Valina walks into the lodge, a heavy coat over her armor and a cavalier's hat on. She is smiling as she walks in, and nods to the group.

"The War Wizard will be here presently. He knows the area well enough and would like to speak to the new Baron and Captain about what your plan is. I'm assuming the plan is to scout out a place still, yes? Or are we planning to knock over a place as a test run? I seem to recall you all wanted to lend a hand to Prince Tasster, and now would be the time to do it, after we do what needs doing here"

Strangie
2014-01-12, 12:16 AM
Wyatt - Backstory

"Dragons, think twice? Well, I knew a half-dragon who couldn't so much as think once, but it worked out for him. 'dese dragons on the other hand... I dunno." He shook his head, looking over Kal-Resh's new threads. "Well, it IS all of your stuff anyway... so I think leavin' your share is fair. If you don't mind." He shrugged, looking toward the direction of their home base. "As for headin' back, I think we're going to stay low. VERY low. We got lucky the first time - I'm not chancing it twice. We'll stay to ground, and beneath the cover of trees and whatever else we can find. Apparently the dragons here don't give two hippogriff turds about treaties, so we're just going to outright avoid 'em."

mshady
2014-01-12, 01:16 AM
The War Wizard

A minute or two later, the door to the lodge swings open and two Purple Dragons, elite infantry of the Kingdom of Cormyr and protectors of the War Wizards at times, step in. Their purple enameled armor is very striking, along with the plumes on top of their helmets. Each has a shield and a bastard sword in a sheath. Both men stand over six feet tall, and judging by their short beards and youthful appearance, in their prime. They look around at the group, their stares freezing them in place for a moment, before one turns and says that it is safe to someone outside the door.

A moment later, another taller man with purple robes stripped with silver piping and heavy black boots walks in. The man has tan skin and a short black beard, with hair pulled back into a pony tail. Judging by his appearance, he is probably in his 40s and they have been hard years. The man walks with a slight limp, He is holding a metal stave, a bandolier of potions and scrolls across his chest and a great sword strapped to his back. From his neck, a necklace with a very large dragon tooth dangles. While he carried the staff in one hand, he had a large bottle in the other.

“Well, well, what do we have here? A few dwarves with great ambitions, I see. My name is Elyas, the War Wizard of Castle Crag, Lord of Blakehold, Professor Emeritus of the War Wizard Academy and titles, titles and tiles. Believe it or not, being up here is a bit of a vacation for me, really. Not expecting Vangerdahast, I hope? No. Good. So now that I’m here, let’s share a drink and you can tell me why you’re here with letters of patent to take over a keep in one of wretched old keeps. Don’t worry, I’m an old friend of your Patriarch. Why I’m here, really” he says to them. He speaks quickly and even smiles a bit, which seems at odds to his stern looking appearance.

Valina looks at him, smiles and shakes his head.

"Yeah, we can trust him. He’s one of us. Sort of” she says and smiles, nodding slightly to Elyas. The War Wizard returns the nod.

Not waiting for an invite, he walks towards the main table and sets the bottle down on it. He shrugs the greatsword off his shoulder and leans it against the bench, as well as the stave.

“So I’ve heard that ye want to take over one of the Keeps along the road of the Stonelands or deeper, taking the Kingdom up an old offer. I’d like to know why before I answer any other questions. It might help me to know what you’re here about. Who has some glasses here?” he says, tapping the brown glass bottle.

mshady
2014-01-13, 03:09 AM
Nalrak

The Matriarch was far older than Nalrak, and as he described how he could not commit an unnecessary evil regardless of the reason, she only sighs.

"Part of me always sighs when I hear words like that" she says quietly and shakes her head. "We often don't have a choice at times, and if we walk away from that choice, true harm can and often is done. You know that, I know it. Still though, the world's better off with more people thinking like you than the opposite I suppose. So long as ye know when to allow others to make the choices. Moving on...." she mutters, the stern older woman says.

She gestures to a bag on the table and smiles tiredly at him.

"Being new to holding this vow, I would suggest you take the robe in the bag. I have had some robes of Dumathion prepared for you. You are still a cleric of him, yes? He may offer you some measure of protection for your faith, but it also won't show up blood as well, since I assume yer not be giving up doctoring... speaking of which, the Patriarch was going to take you to a particular dwarven hold to the south for some healing. We talked, and I'll be going as well, along with some Knightingales. He's difficult to work with, and we all need to make sure he does not decide to join a battle down there. He's getting on in years."

Stopping and pausing, the red and silver robed woman rubs her forehead for a moment, before continuing.

"I'd say it's time to get ready for that trip. We have to be back in 20 days or so. Something is going to be happening. He plans to confront Kaladus in person. A mage I think you know?"

thorgrim29
2014-01-13, 11:23 AM
Thordrek

To Valina before Elyas enters:

Wyatt and Kal Resh just came back from scouting the area, and they have found a place that looks like a likely base of operations, I'd like to get a closer look, but I don't think "knocking it over" would accomplish much for now

Thordrek had stood up when the purple dragons came in, and moved to shake hands with the War Wizard

Pleasure to meet you Elyas, I am Thordrek Torrun, and I will be the one claiming the barony.

He points at Magnum

This is Magnum Rurik, who will serve as my second in command, and these are our friends and colleagues who we have worked with in the past and will form the core of our venture, Arcani Buna, Grathalmore, Nalrak, Wyatt, Kal Resh, Johanness, Arman. You already know Valina

(I think that's everyone, if not assume Thordrek pointed everyone out)

Does anyone have glasses?

You seem like a direct fellow so I won't insult you with half truths. We believe based on research done by Valina and her staff that several artifacts connected to the Jilker dynasty are in the region. Their recovery is of great importance to the Patriarchate, and so here we are. To do this, we will need a base of operations and usable roads for however long it takes, so Cormyr will undoubtedly benefit from our presence.

Grodech
2014-01-14, 03:51 PM
Grathalmor digs into the supplies and finds the travel mugs the company had brought with their supplies and brings them to the table "T'aint fancy, but they'll do. Glasses'll never have survived in da Stonelands."

mshady
2014-01-17, 02:18 AM
Elyas smiles as he accepts the cups, pours some drinks and slides them over to everyone.

"Jilker dynasty huh? He's finally going after it. Well, it's about time, he's not getting any younger and neither am I. Better this way than taking the Tethyamar Halls for himself. You're welcome to stay in this lodge as long as you want, and all of you have either ponies or horses, as befitting your stature. You look more equipped for adventuring than occupation though. What is it you actually need from me? I'm curious what you're hoping to accomplish on this trip, and more interested in what you'll be bringing back on your second. How long do all of you plan to stay here?" he asks, before turning towards Kal-resh and Wyatt.

"That's an interesting pair, a half-orc and a Halfling? I had no idea they had become so open minded" he says and smirks.

"While you folks are here, if you're interested in any other work, let me know. I've a few ideas"

Strangie
2014-01-18, 08:45 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt shrugs at Elyas' seeming compliment. "Thanks, I think? Yup, we're the scouts of 'dis group. I like to think we've done awright for ourselves, ain't 'dat right, Kal?" He looks up at Kal-Resh, nudging him with an elbow.

Gryndel
2014-01-19, 09:11 AM
Magnum

Flashing Valina a brief smile, Magnum grunted agreement, "Good ta see ye again Lady Valina. Aye, dat be da general plan still, an' we were just discussin' da details. I've pledged ta help da Prince, an' lookin' forward ta it when da opportunity is ripe."

The war priest greets the war wizard with a slight bow of his head when introduced. As usual he lets others do the socializing while he visually sums up the man. He ponders whether to reveal more detail than Thordrek had, but decided to let the Baron handle the diplomacy.

"We could use some advice on reliable mercenaries. As ta yer work, I'm always open ta listenin' ta any dat might come ta a fight o'some sort. All actions we take 'ere dat might aid ye'd be considered in a positive manner. What'd ye have in mind?"

mshady
2014-01-21, 01:27 AM
The War Wizard

"Reliable mercenaries?" Elyas chuckles darkly at that. "Well, that is a bit hard to find. You have your Flaming Fists up near Baldur's Gate. They're not coming down this far, but their reliable. The best we have here would be the Red Ravens and led by Rayanna the Rose. They have a standing contract with the Crown to try and pacify the Stonelands. They're reliable enough, because if they're not, they'll lose their contract.

They're good enough, but you're talking boiled leather and swords making them about as brave as their equipment allows. Not many others in the area, at least not large ones. The rest are adventuring companies that do mercenary work when their is nothing else to do or they need money for ale. The Red Ravens are about a hundred strong, but they can triple that with their reserves. Retired members usually lead those companies, and they're comprised of young members waiting for a full time slot, retired military and ones that got busted out of full time positions. I think their going rate is about 200 golders a week for 25 reservists. Figure you need 50 to hold down a keep, at minimum. The full timers are usually around Arabel, I'd only bring them in if you need help taking something big.

Again, they're about the only game in town because we had a little rebellion by a fellow named Gondegal. We're not big on mercenary companies in these parts because of that. The adventuring companies have their uses. They're good for checking out points of interests, and they might even bring back what you're looking for. Good at getting killed too, or doing something amazing. Work for plunder though, they'll finance themselves or die trying. Still though, I hope yer not on a budget. Last I knew, you were all a bit.... leveraged, shall we say?

So, I'm familiar with your penchant for minotaurs. I was with the Patriarch when they attacked Candlekeep and their leader was killed in single combat. Frightening enough, and they'd kill their way up and down the mazes here.
Are you planning to bring them down? I know you have your Legions too. I'd say your strike teams are pretty reliable.

Any arrangements you'd like me to make while you're here? Or do you want to go shopping for strongholds in person first?" Elyas says and downs a drink from his glass.

"Have to ask, but you said several artifacts? How are they connected to the Patriarch's overlong legacy anyways?" he says and takes another drink.

"Also, I heard you folks blew up something big. Like a mountain or something? Word is it is some kind of weapon. I trust you will not be bringing one of those down this way. That, there would be an issue. After that, you're lucky this door is even open frankly. It has everyone... concerned"

thorgrim29
2014-01-22, 10:25 AM
Thordrek

Thordrek lets out a short, cynical snort

Yeah, we blew up a mountain, the home of the big white chosen of Auril up north in fact. Don't worry, it's not in the cards for this operation. Hopefully fighting dragons is out altogether, that wasn't particularly fun.
The plan for this trip if to figure out where we're going to establish ourselves and what will be required for the initial strike. I sent my two scouts to do a flyover of the surrounding land before you arrived and they spotted a likely looking fort here


He points the location on the map

We'd like your thoughts on the place and the surrounding land, and if possible we'd like to get a closer look at it

As to what we're looking for exactly, Valina can explain it better then me

The man may have been a friend but Thordrek knew how much of Hignar's past was a well kept secret and he did work for another kingdom

mshady
2014-01-24, 08:17 PM
Valina

"Well, what we said earlier. Somewhere in the Stonelands we hope to find the key to helping my clan return to their ancestral home. Some of the clan left to set up a colony, but they were left with runes that would allow them to unlock their old home if their brethren moved on. We eventually did move into the Underdark, and since the halls never seem to have been reopened, we hope to find this lost colony of our kin and use that rune to reopen our old home in the Thunderpeaks" Valina says and smiles.

It was not quite a lie, but it was mostly the truth.

"Uh huh" Elyas says and tosses back a drink and slams the glass back on to the table with a smile before pouring himself another. "Dwarf business. Fair enough, I'm used to it" he says and turns back to Thordrek.

"So yes, do you want to meet with Ravens and how many do you want to hire? Do you want to hire adventurers or not? Do you want some of the smaller groups too? Kind of the questions I need answered first. I'd like an idea of how many of you Patriarchate types are coming down too.

After that, what are you doing? As for the fort, I can't tell you much more than your scout saw. They're old and unstable structures, but some masons, some time and a couple of wizards should make it functional. Are you going for one by the road or one in the interior?

If you're going for one by the road, are you clearing it now or coming back?

I ask because I figure you have time for doing that, or something else. I have a couple outstanding jobs that need taking care of, and we're not exactly flush with extra hands"

He pauses and tosses back another drink before continuing.

"This really is not a nice place. Zhents operate up there, riling up the locals and making the road dangerous. We do have dragons in the area and never know where they will be. The Underdark around here, it's brutal. You'll have to kill your way through every mile you cross. We get some bad undead rattling around up there, stuff from an old Netherese city. I know the Shades have sniffed around it. If you're kin went in that place, I assure you, they died there"

Toliudar
2014-01-28, 12:02 PM
Johannes, being a smartarse with Hignar

Johannes nods, slightly relieved at Hignar's resolve, although he notes with some despair that the King seems to be entirely dismissing his analysis of the results of further Stoneburner usage.

"Sadly, My Liege, I cannot give you the guarantees you require. We are discussing interplanar politics, not the delivery of crockery. For reasons that we've already gone into, me returning to the Godsmen before you dispatch Kaladus would almost certainly spoil your ambush and cut short the career of a brilliant diplomat.

"What I can offer is to be present at Wayrest, to help against Kaladus and to be ready to pass through the gate to initiate negotiations with the Godsmen before they have time to learn of Kaladus' fate. If I had that old bow that I've spoken with Valina about - the one that's currently doing you no good, just gathering dust - I'd be of some help to you in that fight, and would be happy to assist.

"Of course, I am no military man, as Buehler would be the first to point out. I leave the actual planning of the assault to you most capable general Barakas, who see Kaladus as no great threat. Clearly an indication that he is far more intelligent than me, because I am panicking and running in circles at the thought of confronting him.

"After you do whatever it is you're going to do with Kaladus, I can be ready to return to Sigil. In fact, if we wish to maintain any part of our original agreement with Kaladus with the remaining Godsmen, it's possible that I am in fact required to do so. You'll probably need to have assembled a variety of precious materials - mithril, gold and so on - as bait for your trap. We thus have some hope that it will survive, and can be brought through the portal as a bargaining chip in negotiations with the Godsmen. Not quite the guarantee that you've requested, but showing up with news that you've just taken care of their Factol's biggest problem, and have cash in hand, is about the best starting position I'd care to use with the Believers. A portable hole would be an invaluable aid to these transactions, if you have one to spare."

He turned with a small bow to Glorian.

"I am relieved and gratified, madam, that we have such a clear understanding of the use of the Glowstones, although I still don't understand why they can be made by the Godsmen but not your own learned community of practitioners. Ah well.

"And good also that we've recognized that the need for souls and an extended time to build up energy are, shall we say, extremely challenging elements in the make-up of these devices. Since I've already gone on at some length as to why ANY use of them is undesirable, you are likely to dismiss further comments along the same lines. However, would it not make sense to halt further deployment until Glorian's research has found a way to actually blow things up without needing souls or a long period of being stationary targets for any sentient being within a mile that doesn't want to die a horrible death? Then, once this excellent line of inquiry has turned these very large bombs into something that can be deployed in a, shall we say, tactical manner, you can resume attempting to use this metaphorical hammer of Moradin on all of the bad people."

Johannes shrugged and smiled wanly. He was getting used to being ignored.

"So, to recap. We mass up a load of money, a portable hole, that lovely bow from your vault, and everything Barakas needs to kill Kaladus. We trudge on over to Wayrest and try very hard not to die. Several veteran dwarven warriors accompany me to the Foundry, because frankly, I wouldn't trust me with that much money, so why should you? We negotiate to leave the Godsmen with a lot of money, and put an anvil and a few glowstones back in that portable hole that you're going to arrange for. We come back here and there is much rejoicing as the Anvil is repatriated. Or re-Patriarched, if you will. Am I clear on the plan?"

Johannes beams, finally feeling like he had found his way back to the realm of 'enlightened self interest' that was his comfort zone.

Gryndel
2014-01-28, 01:48 PM
Magnum

With a nod and a wink at Valina, the war priest glanced at Thordrek a moment before he spoke up, "We hadn't worked out all da details before ye arrived Alyas. But I believe we oughta hire all da help we can afford, mercenaries, adventurers, small groups, whoever is willin' ta do da job fer da money.

As ta Patriarchate support, not sure o'da numbers, but it won't be many. Oughta be mostly dwarves, some bein' griffon riders, an' some minotaurs.

As ta da forts, I suggest we clear one on da road, probably da closest one ta here. But any will do, ultimately. I'd say we take one first an' shore it up quickly fer defense, have da mercs hold it while we help Prince Tasster, den deal wid da jobs Alyas has fer us. We send off da adventurers ta clear out nearby forts, but have 'em be ready ta help defend da one we take if needed."

After a brief pause, Magnum voiced a curiosity he had held under his breastplate too long now, "Pardon my curiosity Alyas, but why's a war wizard carryin' a great sword?"

Grodech
2014-01-30, 07:03 PM
Magnum
After a brief pause, Magnum voiced a curiosity he had held under his breastplate too long now, "Pardon my curiosity Alyas, but why's a war wizard carryin' a great sword?"

Grathalmor elbows Buna lightly and says to her "I've been wonderin' da same."

thorgrim29
2014-01-30, 08:36 PM
Thordrek

I'd rather take a more defensible castle then a closer one myself... If you have something for us to do right now I'm sure we could find the time, but most of us are pledged to help an ally take back his home fairly soon so we don't have time to do anything very elaborate. I would like to meet up with those mercenaries you mentioned, if you think they're reliable enough to serve as garrison I'm sure we will be able to use them, adventurer companies might be useful to track down leads for Valina or as reinforcements for specific tasks, so if you have a list of those who have proven themselves trustworthy and capable it would be appreciated

mshady
2014-02-04, 01:56 AM
Magnum

With a nod and a wink at Valina, the war priest glanced at Thordrek a moment before he spoke up, "We hadn't worked out all da details before ye arrived Alyas. But I believe we oughta hire all da help we can afford, mercenaries, adventurers, small groups, whoever is willin' ta do da job fer da money.

As ta Patriarchate support, not sure o'da numbers, but it won't be many. Oughta be mostly dwarves, some bein' griffon riders, an' some minotaurs.

As ta da forts, I suggest we clear one on da road, probably da closest one ta here. But any will do, ultimately. I'd say we take one first an' shore it up quickly fer defense, have da mercs hold it while we help Prince Tasster, den deal wid da jobs Alyas has fer us. We send off da adventurers ta clear out nearby forts, but have 'em be ready ta help defend da one we take if needed."

After a brief pause, Magnum voiced a curiosity he had held under his breastplate too long now, "Pardon my curiosity Alyas, but why's a war wizard carryin' a great sword?"

Elyas

"Well I think holding two old forts is on the ambitious side, if you're looking for something in the interior, it will save you days of walking going through the same places. Still, a risk. It'll be easy to get cut off there. That's what happened, well, every time others have tried to get into there. If you just plan on holing up there like good dwarves do, this will be a short acquaintance. You'll have to be constantly pushing back, raiding, hitting... yeah. Don't think mercenaries are going to be up for work like that. However ye do it, I'd make your sallies quick and fall back. Cavalry or griffons, maybe" Elyas says and shakes his head.

"You folks know your business. I've met General Barakas, and he'd never let fools command any of his soldiers either."


The War Wizard swirls the drink in his cup and takes a more conservative sip from it before patting the large great sword that is leaned against the bench.

"Well, I carry this because while I am an Evoker by trade, I'm quite versed in transmutation. Some make me stronger, some transform me, and with a giant sword in hand, I can be quite formidable. It makes a great card to play in a spell duel" he says, smiling widely. "I'm a pretty "hands-on" kind of fellow. Saved my life a few times"

mshady
2014-02-04, 02:54 AM
Thordrek

I'd rather take a more defensible castle then a closer one myself... If you have something for us to do right now I'm sure we could find the time, but most of us are pledged to help an ally take back his home fairly soon so we don't have time to do anything very elaborate. I would like to meet up with those mercenaries you mentioned, if you think they're reliable enough to serve as garrison I'm sure we will be able to use them, adventurer companies might be useful to track down leads for Valina or as reinforcements for specific tasks, so if you have a list of those who have proven themselves trustworthy and capable it would be appreciated

Elyas to Baron Thordrek

The War Wizard chuckles and shakes his head at Thordrek's suggestion.

"Defensible? They're all varying degrees of rubble and all built off the same plan. That's the army for you. You may as well pick one close to where you want to work from.

I don't really have much more than busy work for you. I'd be happy to pass a couple coin purses and get your services on the cheap, but what is a gold pinching wizard to do? It won't take too long to meet with the mercenaries, and you can be on your way. They're reliable enough if you pay them, but if you don't, I'll see that it's ensured. In case you all get killed.

You can meet with them now, as they operate out of here and leave Valina here while you go visit the Prince. There is one other group heading towards the area. Buehler hired them and sent them down from Baldur's Gate to help out. I think that group's a few dozen or so too, but ye need as big a garrison as ye can find. Never mind some local stone masons, ferries for supplies and so on. Planning is so dreadfully boring. On that note, I'll just send the representative of the mercenaries in. Anticipating your needs and all. After that, start thinking about taking down a keep"

mshady
2014-02-04, 03:07 AM
Grathalmor elbows Buna lightly and says to her "I've been wonderin' da same."

Buna shoots an elbow right back at Grathalmor, but accompanies the bruising blow with a smile.

"I assume it's because he knows how to use it? Do you even know how to use those fancy guns yet? Inquiring Arcanii want to know" she says with a smile and listens to Elyas' explanation of the reason he has the sword.

"You know who he is to us, right? When it was just the Brotherhood, the Patriarch never wanted Arcanii, said he distrusted magic users from back home. Really, he didn't want Glorian to lead a group of mages I heard. Elyas and the War Wizards showed him just how vital it was to reestablish a new order of Arcanii. Obviously he didn't teach all his tricks though. The man has a big sword" she says and smiles slyly.

As Lord Blake finishes up, Buna chimes in with her own remark.

"Grathalmor and I are all for taking down one of those Keeps. If anyone wants to join us, we'll be leaving soon!" she volunteers, banging her fist against her breastplate enthusiastically.

Grodech
2014-02-04, 12:32 PM
"Grathalmor and I are all for taking down one of those Keeps. If anyone wants to join us, we'll be leaving soon!" she volunteers, banging her fist against her breastplate enthusiastically.

Grathalmor raises an eyebrow at that comment. As soon as we get more volunteers.. he added in his head. At least he hoped the woman wasn't planning on it just being the two of them.

mshady
2014-02-11, 12:03 AM
Johannes and the Meeting

The Patriarch listens to what Johannes has to say with a stone faced expression, much like the others that flank him. Johannes, for his part, is not intimidated by the panel in front of him but it seems to embolden him to poke at them all a bit more despite the deadly seriousness of the subject.

“I’m sorry, you want my bow?” the Patriarch growls at that before anything else. “Get yer own damn bow!” Hignar says and shakes his head. Buehler even gives Johannes a reproachful look. Apparently asking for the Patriarch’s personal kit was considered rude.

“If I may jump in here, Hignar?” Buehler asks, not bothering for the actual permission. “While he is smug and patronizing, I think we’re all putting up with it because he makes sense. Which I think he knows, given the degree of his impertinence. I think we’re overcomplicating all of this. We just go to Wayrest, confront Kaladus and during the distraction, Johannes and enough people to guard both him and his ambitions, go through the portal and arrange things with the Godsmen. Kaladus dies, the other Godsmen are happy he is gone, we get the Anvil back and a continuing business relationship. Oh, and Johannes would like to be compensated for his pivotal role. I think that sums it up” Buehler says. Even if it did not sum things up exactly as Johannes would have liked it, the nods from the rest of the room were accepting that as the plan.

"Good. Glorian, Barakas, Buehler, let’s get the rest of this together and if it all works out, we pay our debts. Stay in the Halls, Johannes and congratulations on yer role” the Patriarch says and smiles “…and no, you’re not getting my damned bow”

Toliudar
2014-02-11, 11:24 AM
Johannes at Court

Johannes nods sadly.

"I understand, Majesty. Well, as you, Barakas and I have all said, it seems clear that you are much more capable of dealing with Kaladus than me. I wish you every success in the battle, and drop me a line to let me know how it goes. It has been a privilege serving you, my Lord, but as you have so eloquently instructed, I will be off now to get my own damned bow."

Johannes is genuinely sad that this hadn't worked out, as he'd hoped to be able to see this through. But he was sick of being insulted to his face by the very people he was trying to help, and then to have quite reasonable requests for compensation thrown back in his face. Well, there were other worlds, and wherever Yennifer went, he was home. Johannes executes a flawless courtly bow and takes a step back.

mshady
2014-02-11, 04:55 PM
Johannes OOC: Not sure I understand here. The Patriarch was not offering his bow, but they agreed on the plan and that he be compensated. What am I missing?

Toliudar
2014-02-12, 03:30 AM
It's now been, what, two months IC since we came back from the Stoneburner mission? Johannes still hasn't been paid for the door, and has instead been sent on another mission where his life was once again threatened, in pursuit of a goal that he thinks is completely wrong-headed. He's tried to point out all of those things, and been dismissed with a series of put-downs and dismissals.

So he laid out a scenario in which he was willing to participate in any kind of fight with Kaladus: that is to say, a scenario in which he's armed with something with which he thinks stands a chance of contributing. Hignar explicitly tells him to 'get his own damn bow.' And Buehler, who seems to have no say in how remuneration actually occurs here, follows up with vague talk of reimbursing him once the whole thing is done.

This is a familiar pattern when the aristocracy is served by commoners whose skills they need. The English Restoration is rife with stories of tailors bankrupted by nobles seeking out ever more elaborate clothes. Kings were notoriously bad at paying their debts (because who was going to enforce payment), to the point that it's speculated that the line "Your visitation shall receive such thanks. As fits a king's remembrance." from Hamlet is meant to have those ironic overtones.

So Johannes is seeking payment up front. If Hignar doesn't want to give up his bow, the Patriarchate can either do this without Johannes or make a more concrete counter-offer. He's tried being charming, and he's tried asking for what he wants. Neither has worked. So his next tactic is to walk away.

Personally, I'd rather rejoin the other PC's anyway, but I wasn't sure about whether Johannes would even know about that mission at this point in the story, so haven't referenced it in the debrief.

Hope this helps.

mshady
2014-02-14, 03:02 AM
Johannes

“You’ll be off now?” the Patriarch asks, looking confused and irritated. “Did we not just agree to your plan?” he asks.

The room is quiet for a moment before Buehler speaks again.

“My Lord, I think his concern is that we have not paid him yet for the adamantine door he recovered and that he really wants a particularly fine bow. His fixation on yours is that it happens to be the finest he’s seen around here and, truthfully, you do not use it very often and we all think it a bit odd you have a bow at all. It’s not a particularly ‘dwarf’ weapon” Buehler says, trying to disarm things with a smile.

“Well it’s my damn bow. My adopted daughter’s husband taught me to shoot’em, I had it made and been carrying for twenty years in honor of that, and it be damned effective” Hignar says, crossing his arms across his chest.

Buehler nods and turns to look at Johannes.

“As you can see, not surprisingly, a dwarf king is unwilling to his horde. So may I propose a solution? I’ll take whatever you’re doing as a yes because now that you’ve established yourself as critical, we cannot afford to go. You sir have convinced that you’re being treated as a serf instead of the reality that the plan was to compensate you richly. Part of our predicament here is the only real bow around that fits your needs happens to be the Patriarchs. What I had in mind is being worked on, but not done yet. Would you like to see the schematics? Again, I’ll take that as a yes…” Buehler says and smiles.

Buehler gets up and walks over to where Johannes is sitting and sets down a scroll.

“Hope it serves yer purposes. Might not be exactly what ye hoped, but it is to the limits of what Glorian and the Patriarch can manage” he says and smiles at Johannes, patting him on the back.

Taken to PMs on specifics...

Toliudar
2014-02-14, 04:14 PM
Johannes

Johannes throws up his hands in frustration.

"My trouble, Buehler, is that everyone else seems to have very clear ideas about what I will and won't be doing, instead of bothering with actually asking me. As you have just done, twice.

"If the expression of free will around here is seen as the rebellion of a serf - your words, not mine, Buehler - then I am truly the least of your troubles. And it is not my plan. My plan was to abandon the construction of further stoneburners altogether. This is your plan. I just helped with the details.

"Now, if there are other aspects of the plan that you've kept secret, as you did my rich compensation, would it be possible to hear them now?"

Johannes steps forward to examine the schematics Buehler. He makes several noises, some happy, some not.

"Ah, yes. I believe that if we change this to this, lengthen this here, and add in these enchantments, everything will be just perfect. And if we take this shortcut over here, using existing stock, it can be done next week. As you've said, I'll take whatever you're doing as a yes."

He smiles back at Buehler. And then, as an afterthought, pats him on the back.

mshady
2014-02-15, 09:18 PM
Johannes

"Fine, that's settled finally?" Buehler asks as Johannes finishes making his suggestions to the schematics.

"Good than. We'll start getting our part together, and I have an agent I can contact who might provide me with some information in Sigil. You can make your preparations, figure about a month before the big throw down with Kaladus. I get that yer frustrated with us and feel like we don't respect yer opinion, but truth be told we don't agree exactly but respect it. We're not as bad as you seem to be making out in yer head, Johannes. We're all good people here and relative to most kingdoms, most of them never even have conversations like we've had here. Try to give us some credit, eh lad?"

Pending Johannes response, I would say end scene here and I'll summarize the rest.

Toliudar
2014-02-15, 11:24 PM
Johannes

Sounds great, Mike. Thanks so much for a fun side quest! I'll go get caught up on the main action in the IC thread!

Gryndel
2014-02-17, 02:54 PM
Elyas

"Well I think holding two old forts is on the ambitious side, if you're looking for something in the interior, it will save you days of walking going through the same places. Still, a risk. It'll be easy to get cut off there. That's what happened, well, every time others have tried to get into there. If you just plan on holing up there like good dwarves do, this will be a short acquaintance. You'll have to be constantly pushing back, raiding, hitting... yeah. Don't think mercenaries are going to be up for work like that. However ye do it, I'd make your sallies quick and fall back. Cavalry or griffons, maybe" Elyas says and shakes his head.

"You folks know your business. I've met General Barakas, and he'd never let fools command any of his soldiers either."


The War Wizard swirls the drink in his cup and takes a more conservative sip from it before patting the large great sword that is leaned against the bench.

"Well, I carry this because while I am an Evoker by trade, I'm quite versed in transmutation. Some make me stronger, some transform me, and with a giant sword in hand, I can be quite formidable. It makes a great card to play in a spell duel" he says, smiling widely. "I'm a pretty "hands-on" kind of fellow. Saved my life a few times"

Magnum
"Truly fascinatin'. But back ta da topic at hand, I believe ye misunderstood me. I was proposin' takin' an' holdin' one fort fer our use, den launchin' raids on da nearby ones ta keep da local riff raff busy so dey don't get ideas about attackin' us."


Buna shoots an elbow right back at Grathalmor, but accompanies the bruising blow with a smile.

"I assume it's because he knows how to use it? Do you even know how to use those fancy guns yet? Inquiring Arcanii want to know" she says with a smile and listens to Elyas' explanation of the reason he has the sword.

"You know who he is to us, right? When it was just the Brotherhood, the Patriarch never wanted Arcanii, said he distrusted magic users from back home. Really, he didn't want Glorian to lead a group of mages I heard. Elyas and the War Wizards showed him just how vital it was to reestablish a new order of Arcanii. Obviously he didn't teach all his tricks though. The man has a big sword" she says and smiles slyly.

As Lord Blake finishes up, Buna chimes in with her own remark.

"Grathalmor and I are all for taking down one of those Keeps. If anyone wants to join us, we'll be leaving soon!" she volunteers, banging her fist against her breastplate enthusiastically.

Magnum
The war priest grinned fiercely and replied boisterously, "I'm always ready fer such fun Buna."

thorgrim29
2014-02-17, 04:13 PM
Thordrek

Thordrek shakes his head

What's the point? Some other bunch of enemies will have taken it before we come back with troops. It's not like there's a shortage of goblinoids and assorted monsters around here. Let's meet the mercenaries and go. When we come back we'll be much better equipped to put some hurt on them... Might even take a dragon down, make a statement.... I should learn to ride a griffon

mshady
2014-02-20, 08:54 AM
Elyas

Looking between Magnum and Thordrek, he raises an eyebrow. The two seem to be at odds for the moment.

"Well, being in Cormyr, I would say whomever is a noble wins the argument. While you could gather up some mercenaries and knock over a keep, it may be kinder on the purse if you are not paying on unsupervised mercenaries to hold it for months until you return. Still, we have someone here so you may as well talk to them at least. Why don't all of you come with me?" Elyas says, setting down his glass and standing up. The man was certainly tall, but lacked the frailness of many other mages.

Within minutes, everyone has cleared out of the barracks and headed to the castle wall. The structure has high, thick walls with many turrets with both men and artillery dotting the walls. It was a very significant defensive structure, as cunningly designed as any dwarf structure although perhaps not as cunningly constructed. After all, the humans used mortar.

The approach a horse stable that has only a couple of grooms working and find a tent next to it. It was not a travel tent, but a large military tent made with poles and heavy, oiled tarps. Elyas pokes his head into the tent, his guards flanking him still, and announces them before the group steps inside.

In the tent, they see a man wearing a winter coat, balding with the remains of black hair and spectacles. He greets them with a perfunctory smile and gestures at the two seats in front of the field desk he is sitting by. Several scrolls sit atop the desk and a lantern is hung by a pole near him to provide light.

"Yes... welcome. I am Jonathan Bridgewater, esquire. I handle the affairs at the castle for my Captain in her absence. I understand you are looking to retain the services of my Company? We do have openings beginning in the middle to end of the year right now, times that are always in high demand.

It is February now (FR equivalent), what time did you need our forces, how many and what will you be doing with them? About half of our active forces should be available, and our capable reserves can be called upon too. They are greater in number, but less so in cost. You were referred to me by Elyas and there is a new Baron of the Stonelands amongst you?" he asks, resting his quill upon a piece of parchment, ready to take notes.

mshady
2014-02-21, 01:22 AM
Kal-resh and Wyatt

Kal-resh pulls the armor out of the trunk and looks at it in awe. He had never really owned anything before, but armor like this was something he had always aspired to. First things first though, he checked the trunk to see if there were any potions and he found a collection of them. The small blue vials were what he was looking for, the familiar healing potions. He downs the first one, and tests his arm again to see how it feels after the dragon’s bite. He winced mightily and reached for a second one, and when he tested it this time, he was without pain. At least that made his shoulder feels better, finally.

He straps in the armor and spins his arms in wind mills now, testing the flexibility of his new found armor with a smile. Next, he flung on his cloak and bound it with the clasp and tensed his body so he could summon his animal form. He crouches for a moment and feels his form shift into that a great tiger. To the outside, it looked like his form became blurry as the shape shifting magic took hold. After a moment, he found himself in the form of a orange tiger with black stripes and wise, green eyes. He turns his massive maw to Wyatt and the big cat seems to smile.

“Can I talk?” the tiger says, the voice deep and a unsteady. “Oh! Yes, I can!” the tiger declares joyously.

“Yeah, good. Chatty catty” Wyatt says and smiles. “So do you think you can blend? That’s not your color out here, fella”

The cat seems to shakes his head in recognition, and the tiger form blurs once again. This time, the tiger’s stripes have changed to a white color with black stripes and crystal blue eyes.

“Better?” he says, and the tiger seems to laugh a deep rumbling laugh. The strength of it is impressive.

He strolls around the tree, saying words to himself and walking with a skip before returning in front of Wyatt. The body of the tiger tenses and shimmers into a haze before the proto-form inside the haze becomes a giant eagle.

“Now, I fly!” the eagle with Kal-resh’s voice says, brimming with enthusiasm. The eagle trots through the snow to build up speed and takes to the air, lifting up into the dusk sky. He flies out a couple of miles before racing back to the tree and landing close to where he took off. Shifting back to his regular form, Kal-resh stands in front Wyatt.

“No dragons, but there be dragons here maybe too still? Put the trunk in your fancy bag. We fly low and get to dwarf home” Kal-resh advises, throwing himself back into the form of a giant eagle.

Wyatt drags the trunk into his bag of holding, and mounts the eagle form of Kal-resh. This time, the flight home is uneventful…

mshady
2014-02-21, 02:48 AM
Johannes - The Forging

A month goes by, much of it spent fretting over his upcoming mission to Wayward and on to Sigil as well as the construction of his bow. Buehler stops in on occasion to chat with him, but Johannes can read between the lines: Buehler wanted to know if Johannes was going to disappear instead of carry out his mission. It was clear from how the discussion went that Johannes was on the bad side of the Patriarch now. It was not to the level of a grudge against him, but the Patriarch both respected him and found him profoundly irritating according to Ambassador Tolrin Jilker. That was about where Johannes stood with most people, he figured. He also had Yennifer to keep him company, and they often ventured out of the dwarf halls during the first two weeks of their wait to see the nearby lakes and visit the towns. When they visited nearby Bryn Shander, they spent much of the time sharing drinks at the taverns and listening to the stories of the citizens. Yennifer offered them drinks and other tokens in exchange for their stories, from the mundane to the heroic to the outright fabricated, recording many into her sensate crystals.

The crafting of the bow took time, but it was being worked upon by a weapons engineer and a master smith, along with his assistants as they finalized the designs and made the sand castings. The ingots of adamantine were heated with charcoal in a long stone box for a week kept at a high temperature. During that time, other molten metals and powders were added to the mixture that was kept constantly stirred. Finally it was put into a great converter on the main industrial floor that had been painstakingly cleaned by other dwarfs specifically for what came next. The metal was quickly doused in water in a great cloud of steam and pryed out of the stone box before being added into the great converter.

The drum was kept heated for another week and held at temperatures so hot that no one could approach the machine. The crackle of the great coal fire kept constantly stoked beneath it was joined by 4 other great converters, with steam driven paddles to stir the metal to make sure they stayed liquefied and the impurities are burned off. Great bellows stoked these flames and black smoke poured up the chimneys and into the crisp northern air like black fingers into the sky above. Other bellows forced high pressurized air directly into the molten metal, causing it to bubble and burble.

After a week’s time, a dwarven crew approached the converters and spun the gears that tipped the great vat that stood 50 feet tall. It moved smoothly downwards and the metal was poured into the mold and giving the bow arm it’s rough shape. Several other molds are poured for small pieces in relation to the bow before things for another project are poured as well.
The pieces of metal are taken by the smiths to another large machine, a great drop hammer that towered 200 feet into the air with a massive metal pile hammer suspended on chains. The hot pieces of metal are placed on a hot forge that is scalding hot, but nowhere near the temperature of the great converters. The smiths place a die on the great hammer and place the roughly shaped bow arm on a jig. The hammer is hauled to the top of its run using pulleys and mechanisms before it is dropped with a mighty, earth shaking crash that sends a spray of sparks into the air and an ear splitting bang. It takes three hits to cut the bow arm into 8 separate pieces.

The grip and risers take several hits from the great hammer before the still red hot adamantine is moved to a great anvil. With heavy hammers, the team all strike their hammers against the incredibly hard metal in a precise rhythm while the master smith conducts their movements to put the bow into its precise shape. This process takes several more days, but not once does Johannes hear a complaint from any of the smiths. Indeed they all seemed honored to work on the project. The metal seems unusually tough but no more than a quarter inch in most places.

With the pieces shape, the adamantine plates are heat welded on to mithril limbs instead of bolted together. Alchemical silver conduit is run from a polished rest on the front of the bow and run between the sections of adamantine. Red sapphires are mounted between each section of adamantine. It reminds Johannes of vertebrae, with how the polished black metal is interspersed between disks of silver. The cunning design of the limbs allows them bend with tension, but the bow would not be conventionally strung. Next, a stabilizing rod is added to the front of the bow, just under grip and he can see that it has a dagger like tip. The grip itself has a finely made basket hilt around it to protect his hand. It is fascinating to see how the weapon was coming together. The last part of the bow arrives just a few days before the Sigil expedition. Four of the Patriarch’s Own escort a small chest to the smiths and open it up.

Inside the chest is nothing less than a glow stone. The perfectly round orb burns brightly like a miniature sun. This part he had not been aware of, only that a powerful gem would power the magic of the bow. The glow stone is mounted into the bow and a dome of glass steel is mounted over it, followed by a mithril lens to suppress the light from the stone. Johannes had saw to it in the design phase that the light of the bow could be suppressed, so he was proud of this feature. Within hours, the final touches to activate the bow had been made and the power of the glow stone. A gnomish built sight, with pins indicating where to aim at certain distances, was also installed. With the process completed, Johannes joined the smiths, the artisans and a cleric of Moradin to say a series of long prayers as the bow sat at the anvil to consecrate the bow. After that, the bow was taken with great reverence by the cleric to the forges inside the temple of Moradin itself. Johannes was not allowed in at this point, but waited a fortnight for the bows return as powerful magic was wrought upon the bow. Johannes watched each day fall away from the calendar with increasing concern as the date of the presumed battle of Wayward approached. He was given updates on the bow’s progress each day, and apparently both the Patriarch himself and the head Arcanii, Glorian Silvernail, had contributed to something specific during the final part of the forging of the bow.

With three days to go before their departure, Johannes was invited into the sacred forges of the Temple of Moradin where magic items were finished and presented with the bow. It was far lighter than this much metal should ever be, far lighter than he remembered it before it went to the priests. The sapphires now glow a soft red and the silver conduit between the adamantine vertebrae are now gone, replaced by flowing blue and silver energy that courses around the bow. Excited to try the creation, he can barely restrain himself as he reaches to draw back the bow. His fingers touch a translucent blue string between the limbs of the bow. He pulls it back just slightly and the bow leaps to life and the translucent blue ‘string’ becomes fiery red and the weapon hums in his hand from the energy. On the arrow shelf, a bolt of fiery energy appears that is the length of his arm. Johannes cannot stop himself from smiling as he nods to the priest and compliments him on a job well done. Buehler is there as well and smiles at Johannes.

“So is that enough of a bow for ya, lad?” Buehler asks, a mocking smile on his face.

Before Johannes himself has a chance to respond, he feels a soft pressure in his temple followed by a voice.

“I certainly hope so. When ye can be troubled, I would ask that ye honor me name, if it would be all the same to you. Give your bow a worthy name, and maybe ye will be worthy of my use” says a bored, disinterested voice.

That was the voice of the weapon itself, Johannes realizes. The bow was intelligent.

mshady
2014-02-21, 03:05 AM
The Matriarch

She looks at Nalrak and nods her head slightly at his words.

“No, the thing was not good. It was just perhaps not evil. The Patriarch’s Aunt, Morna Jilker, would have counseled strongly against it but she has not been around lately. In her later life, she has taken the vows of the Valkyrie Order quite seriously. I know Nega is quite torn up on the matter. The idea of heretical dwarves using both Moradin’s name and Berronar in vain has her more infuriated.

Morna knows who they are though, that they are her cousins and kin, and feels there can be no peace with them if we make such things. She disappeared on a trip south to bring children to Sunderhelme and has not been heard from in months. Had she been here, I doubt your mission would have ever happened. If it had, it would have been less about making a statement. Alas, she is aboard for now, but I sense she is still amongst the living” the Matriarch says and shakes her head. “I have my suspicions about that disappearance, and thy name is Buehler. He denies it, of course”

She pauses to take a drink before finishing.

“If you’ll have nothing of me, than I ask ye take your leave and prepare for your trip to the Battle Halls to tend to their wounded. We may need you in three days’ time to tend to any wounded from the battle in Wayrest. It seems the Patriarch is set upon dealing with Kaladus once and for all, and recovering the anvil Kaladus took with him. With him gone, it clears the way for more of those artifacts to be produced and used” she says and shakes her head.

“Again, if you are going to go out into the world, do so in the simple vestments of your faith at least. I’ve left robes in your room instead of the burlap and wool you have not”

With that, she motions for Nalrak to depart so she can return to her meal.

Toliudar
2014-02-22, 05:33 AM
Johannes

Johannes reverently strokes the bow. As happens on rare occasions, his voice is slimple and unadorned as he looks back up at Buehler.

"I am honoured, sir. I shall of course endeavour to be as useful in the struggles to come as I have been in recent months. I assume that you'll be coming along to the rendezvous at Wayrest, to make sure that the ambush goes properly?

Johannes' eyebrow arches slightly as the voice reverberates in his head. He wondered whether the presence of a mind in the bow was a blessing from his King, a product of the inclusion of a Glowstone, or simply an accident of fate.

"I am doubly honoured to meet you, you exquisite thing. My name is Johannes.

"You seem to be the achievement of several dwarven craftsmen, King Hignar and Arcanii Silvernail. All remarkable individuals, I assure you, but all lacking names with a certain panache. You have yet to distinguish yourself in any particular test - I suppose that that becomes my problem as well.

"Hmm. You have at the heart of your construction a most precious and remarkable gem, held gently but firmly within a glass lens. I can think of no higher praise for you than to offer you the name Gemeye. Do you accept?"

Gryndel
2014-02-22, 06:44 AM
Magnum

Grumbling with frustration, the war priest sighed and replied, "Ah, low priority again. So be it, Baron. By all means, lets go talk some more."

For months now Magnum had felt all but useless. While he had long understood that not all dwarves relished battle as he did, his inactivity recently had been grinding his hard soul away slowly. Somewhere, in fact likely in many places, dwarves were joined in glorious battle. Not only was he not involved, nor leading any of them, nor training any for future conflicts, nor even preparing equipment vital to their victory, he had been sitting on his duff and drinking ale, listening to talk that amounted to nothing in his mind.

The Sum Alaghor shrugged and glanced at Buna, then sighed again and followed along to meet with the mercenaries. He had started to feel more out of place as each day passed. While his hope of soon being joined in wondrous battle had risen when talk of coming to the Stonelands began, so far it was proving a futile hope at best.

thorgrim29
2014-02-22, 12:51 PM
Thordrek

Patience Magnum, we'll get to battle soon enough, but I won't risk any people under my command for no purpose. Let's go see this mercenary commander

Thordrek walks up to shake the man's hand

That would be me, Thordrek Torrun, of the Jilker patriarchate, and this is Magnum Rurik, who your men will directly report to, the others are my colleagues and officers. We plan to come back to the stonelands with shock troops around the end of april, and take one of the keeps around here. For the first few weeks we'll need a sizable force, exactly how many need to be hashed out with my military advisers, but until our masons can properly repair the place we'll need people to support the troops protecting the site, as well as mounted outriders to give us advanced warning of anything coming our way, so maybe 60, 70 men, give or take a dozen. After that we plan to mainly use them as guards. A large portion of the Patriarchate troops will be heading out often to dissuade our enemies and to pursue our other objectives in the region. At that time we will need around 40 or 50 men equipped and trained to repel attackers, so crossbows, spears, siege engines, etc...


Do you think you can handle that commission?

mshady
2014-02-23, 01:42 PM
The Mercenary

“Around April, you say? Easy enough for us to meet, although I’d suggest you start your campaign season in May. The rains are miserable around that time still. Rain and mud will mean disease, and we’d prefer not to deal with such unless you have a pressing need for April. When you say 60 or 70, I presume you mean actual soldiers. With their support and your desire for siege weapons, as well as mounts, it would be more like 100 or so for the extra. Don’t worry though, we charge the same flat rate for all. The mounts are billed as soldiers due to their extra cost. The first two months are at the normal rate, with rates going up 10% for every two months after that.

We would require a security deposit of one full month of our rate, followed by the first actual month due at start of service. As you are hiring us so far in advance, the retainer to make sure we are available is also one full month. That would be a total of 3,500 gold for the retainer, and an additional 7,000 to hire them for the first month, including the deposit. Expensive business, I know. I would need the first 3,500 now, lest someone else hire us away from you in the time you would have us. Wizards and clerics are extra, of course. I’d recommend three of each, and individually, they are 100 a month. No offensive faiths, of course” Jonathan Bridgewater says, and gives Thordrek an empty smile.

“So the question now is, my Lord, can you handle the commission?”

mshady
2014-02-23, 03:28 PM
Off to the Dell...

With the deal with mercenary’s representative completed, the group makes ready to depart from Castle Crag and visit Prince Tasster. They had been told to meet him in Anathar’s Dell, where he was staying with the Brightblade Clan in the silver mines under the town. The area was near Daggerdale, a war ravaged city that had long been contested by the Zhentarim.

In dwarven terms, they had recently been overthrown by a bandit who was the heir to the petty throne of the area. The area was roughly near the druidic circle of the Patriarch’s adopted daughter, who had first been the daughter of one of the Patriarch’s adventuring companions, Babras of the Bucklebar Family from the Brightblade Clan. Anathar’s Dell itself was within a hundred miles of Glen, a small town to the north of Shadowdale that itself was home to one of the surviving clans of Tethyamar, the Truehammer Clan. The Underdark Road that led to Glen was where the survivors of the Patriarchate had first arrived and made home. The support of the Patriarchate had helped grow the town below somewhat, but the Undercity below the sleepy farming village was being developed to produce the armor and weapons needed to take back the Halls. Prince Teszter, Tasster’s twin brother and the less passionate of the two, was often there coordinating this.

When Thordrek used the sending crystal to signal Prince Tasster, the Prince has said that both he and Teszter would be with the Brightblades and that their timing for fortuitous, as they were indeed planning something.
So Thordrek, Magnum, Nalrak, Grathalmor, Johannes, Wyatt, Kal-resh, Valina and Buna set out to Anathar’s Dell, leaving Arman Madero behind as this was dwarf business although he could be summoned if welcomed. It would take them over a week to ride the distance, and they traveled without incident. The group slept under the stars, shared fires and exchanged stories on the way. While the group had generally been part of the Patriarchate’s forces and followed orders for so long, for the first time in a long time, they were striking out on their own to do their own deeds. It was something different to most of them, but something welcome after the death ride they had just survived and months of errands.

Now the real question became what would Prince Tasster ask of them?
They did not know exactly, but they were all quite sure very little talking would be involved in this matter…

Gryndel
2014-02-23, 04:00 PM
Magnum
After a brief nod of greeting to the mercenary, acknowledging the introduction, the war priest listened carefully and remained quiet during the discussion. He grunted and nodded once to Thordrek agreeing to the price quoted, then added, "I'd suggest at least 5 wizards an' 5 clerics."

On the way to see the Prince, Magnum seemed happier than he had been in months. While a grim and dangerous task lay ahead, indeed one that might dampen the spirits of the bravest adventurers, he anticipated the challenging battles ahead. Practicing his Ehontar verses to gain what bonuses he could when it counted, he always seemed to be singing as they traveled. Some might find it comforting while others might find it somewhat unsettling or downright irritating, but he cared little for that in his relentless pursuit of being prepared.

During the second night of their trip, Magnum gathered Nalrak, Johannes, Valina and Buna together. "I've previously cast Stalwart Pact on da rest. Now I offer dat protection ta da rest o'ye. While its a bit costly, I consider it a good investment in our success durin' battles."

For those who don't know, he'd explain what it does (SC pg 204).

mshady
2014-02-23, 04:32 PM
OOC to Magnum: Can you pm that to me and put the spell on your wiki page?

Toliudar
2014-02-23, 06:16 PM
Johannes

The slender dwarf is unabashedly delighted to reconnect with his allies en route to help Prince Tasster. He has his own story to tell, about the death of Kaladus and the recovery of the Anvil.

"Magnum, as always, your foresight is equalled by your consideration. This is a capital idea, and well worth the investment."

He carefully withdraws a bag of platinum coins, collectively marked with a bewildering array of insignia, and offers it up to Magnum.

"Remnants of our trip to Sigil, I'm afraid."

Gryndel
2014-02-23, 07:39 PM
Magnum

Shrugging as he takes the coins, Magnum said, "While I'll accept da compensation, I'll not ask everyone ta pay fer dis spell. Da components are expensive, but as I explained ta da rest I consider it part o' bein' my companion, an investment in personal wealth dat represents part o'my sacrifice ta Clangeddin."

He pulled out a metal bowl and filled it with incense. Chanting as he lit it, the ritual took several minutes and a refill of the costly incense for each casting.

OOC: After looking over everything, this will have to be done over 2 nights, due to limits of 5th level spells per day.

thorgrim29
2014-02-23, 11:05 PM
Thordrek


That seems reasonable, as the Captain said, 5 wizards and clerics, at least for the first month, I may need a few less in the long run. Where can my messengers reach you?

On the road Thordrek reverts to his usual casual self, and contributes the tale of the underdark patrol where he met Tasster. He takes advantage of Valina's presence to get as up to speed as possible on the details. His notebook is soon filled with loosely organised shorthand notes, charts, plans, and crude drawings of an ancient barrow he found near their camp one night. He also tries to get a handle on Kal Resh.

mshady
2014-02-25, 12:41 AM
Welcome to Anathar's Dell!

The group approaches Anathar’s Dell after their long walk from Cormyr. While all were experienced and hardened for battle, the long walk made them all ache. Dwarves especially were not used to long marches over land like this, and both their feet and calves ache from the strain and blisters. They walk towards the approaches to the town and everyone gets the distinct feeling they are being watched. In the distance, Wyatt’s keen eyes spot a tiger slipping through the trees and underbrush, watching them. A slender looking figure moves carefully through the woods as well, paralleling their movements. Everyone else has to take Wyatt’s word for it, however, as only his trained eyes even notice.

Once inside town, the place has all the trappings of a normal farming community. There is also what looks like a stone barn, but with twin turrets atop it to the northwest. A tall tree stands in the town, much larger than the others, and some structures can be seen amongst the leaves. Humans walk about the town and greet them cheerfully, and they even see a couple of half elves walking in the street. They are far more reserved. They get directions to where the Brightblade Clan stays, but it isn’t until they mention they are here on Prince Tasster’s invitation that someone tells them to go north of town and into the foothills. The place is easy enough to spot, with stone gates and tailings of silvery metal piled outside.

After stopping for a bite to eat, including some meat, bread and weak ale at the local inn, they head into the hills surrounding town and sure enough, they find the stone gates in the side of the hills. The great gates are closed, and at first they do not see anyone. A dwarf pops his head up from behind an earthen berm with a crossbow in his hand and greets them, taking care to show the crossbow but not aim it in their direction. Several others pop up as well.

“State yer business and what brings ye to da door o’the Brightblades, kin and others. We greet ye, but I cannae allow ye inside unless ye have purpose and invitation” the red beared dwarf says. He seems professional enough, but there is a hint of excitement in his voice too.

thorgrim29
2014-02-25, 01:36 AM
Thordrek

Thordrek makes a mental note to congratulate Teszter on his security when he meets him, if the quality of his sentries was indicative of his overall forces this whole campaign might be possible

He greets the guards cheerfully and a bit flippantly

Hello there kinsman, we're here to meet with the Princes. Tasster invited us to the party he's planning as thanks for letting him and his sons in on our latest dragon hunt. I'm Thordrek Torrun.

BelGareth
2014-02-25, 02:40 PM
Kal Resh didn't take to the meeting with the warmage, he had no idea why, and left, once staying long enough to allow Wyatt relay what information they had gathered.

He liked this area, even though it was covered, and infested with death and ruin. He could stretch his wings here, and he did, and this time he wasn't bitten out of the air by a menacing dragon!

The visit to the druids had been fruitful, at least for Kal, his new clothes proved to be adequate for covering him, and allowed a certain amount of protection, he enjoyed the feeling of them, as if they belonged on him, he wondered if that was how the dwarfs felt in their metal suits...

He joined the group as they set out soon after, he was always flying high over the area or high up on the battlements, loving the freedom to be anywhere, after being caught up so long in the underdark....

He quelled the urge to run off with them however, and stayed in his man-form, walking beside them, and smiling as best he could when a joke was said, and he understood it.

Which wasn't very often, resulting in him having a half cocked grin most of the time.

Along the trek he heard someone humming, and attempted to join in, but musical ability was not one of his gifts and he quickly gave up. He let go into his wild self every now and then, however, shifting into his tiger form and loping off into the bush, he could stretch his legs here, the group were dwarfs and though steady, were slow.

He ran circles around them, hunted small animals, and preyed upon crickets and lizards, pouncing on them with abandon, to anyone watching, it would seem like he was playing.

He was.

He would come back to the group in his man-form, tongue lolling out, breathing heavy, with a huge grin on his face, which, only made the others look at him with more incredulity.


~

Kal simply smiles and lets the other dwarfs do the talking, he was neither a talker or a dwarf, and he knew enough to know that dwarves preferred their own kind.


Sorry about the long silence, RL caught up with me, and now I'm all caught up!

Toliudar
2014-02-25, 04:58 PM
Johannes

After the first day of the long walk from Cormyr, Johannes decided 'screw that', and began appearing each morning with a horse that seemed to be made out of smoke, complete with a flame motif along the sides. (http://www.d20srd.org/srd/spells/phantomSteed.htm) "A little ostentatious, perhaps, but it will get the job done.

When Wyatt mentions the tiger and man stalking them, Johannes thinks of a variety of ways to ensnare their spies, but leaves it to the leadership of this mission. He'd had more than enough of people reacting with ingratitude for his insights.

With some reluctance, he allows the smoke horse to fade away as they approach the farming village. As they walk through toward Tasster's realm proper, Johannes thinks about the special bottle of beer in his pack, and how much he's looking forward to enjoying it in front of a proper fire.

Gryndel
2014-02-26, 02:24 PM
Magnum

While long marches were not new to Magnum, it had been some time since he had been on one. Aching muscles were actually a welcome relief from what he considered the boredom of the past months. While he did little to relieve the aches, there was always some few spells he could enact to aid the others from feeling fatigued. But he thought such aches were actually instructive and good for everyone on occasion, and would only relieve them if someone seemed to suffer abnormally.

What did bother him was the feeling of being watched. While he rationalized that it was very likely the vigilant locals, something he respected, it kept him on edge. Lingering behind on occasion, he looked around often and prepared himself for a sudden burst of violence if needed. This was nervous stress he actually enjoyed, though without some release in days it became tedious and bothersome, building up inside him without a means of relief.

When they reached civilization he visibly relaxed, though inside he remained alert and ready to act if required. His steady hands never far from shield and weapons, Magnum marched along in the rear and looked behind them often, occasionally stopping to stare back and to either side.

The stone barn with its turrets and the tall tree with structures intrigued the war priest, and he could see the advantage of such defenses in a place like this. Reacting in a fairly friendly manner to the locals, he observed everything along the way.

Relaxing at the inn, Magnum would partake of the local fare, but suppliment it with frequent drinks from the everful bottle given to him by the Patriarch. This was quickly becoming one of his most valued belongings, and the more he used it the more he treasured it.

At the stone gates he let others do the talking, as usual, but came up front to stand next to Thordrek in support.

mshady
2014-03-02, 02:15 AM
Into the Halls of the Brightblades

“Here to see the Princes are you? A bunch of dragon hunters? Welcome, welcome! We’ve had many arrivals the last few weeks. Come in!” the sergeant says. He waves at them, smiles underneath his bushy beard and disappears below the small crenulation. It takes a couple of minutes, but a small portal door is opened in the stone gates. The group walks into the halls of the Brightblade Clan and find themselves in a large stone room with several defensive positions where guards could stand. There are several places where several large ballistae are mounted. None of the positions are manned though. The room is full of many barrels and carts full of debris from mining debris. There are two rail tracks as well, with several loaded carts with rocks.

The sergeant leads them deeper into the halls, chatting with them idly as they go, pointing out this and that. There are several tunnels that lead deep into the mines below, but the actual Clan Halls sit atop of all that. While there is not much of a mountain atop them, truly it was more of a large hill and the Clan Halls here partly in rock, but some had been hewn from the clay and dirt in the uppermost sections. Due to the circumstances of construction, there were a great many more structural supports made of logs in all but the most formal areas. While this was a very humble Hall compared to even the Soulhammer Halls under Kelvin’s Cairn in the north, the 300 or so occupants all seemed happy enough. Whenever the sergeant passed someone in the hall, they always greeted each other by name and shook hands. Everyone knew everyone here, it seemed. Most everyone they passed seemed to whistle a tune as they walked, and the Clan as a whole seemed to take great pride in their ability to carry a tune.

One other recurring theme was the use of brightly covered tapestries to decorate the rooms, as well as a few sculptures. Most were done in stone, but a few were hewn out of wood. Gifts from the neighbors, the sergeant tells them. As they are given a tour of the place, they also see several relics of the Tethyamar Halls around the place. They range from old maps, mining implements, weapons and other incidental things. In a particular place of honor is a flower vase that was once in the throne room of King Ghellin II, the last King of Tethyamar.

With the tour complete, they are led to a large communal mess hall. Wooden chandeliers with ever burning candles hang over the table and they are served by young dwarf boys and girls. Plates of meat, mushroom soups, fruits and ale are brought out to them, and the group is asked many questions by the children. They are particularly interested to hear about fighting the white dragons, and of course, they want to see their weapons. It was not a feast, but it was a good meal. During their hour or so there, quite a few other dwarves cycle through the dining hall, and some of them are dressed quite differently than the Brightblades. These would be the other guests, they all presume. None of them approach the group though, simply waving and going about their own meals.

mshady
2014-03-02, 03:54 AM
Introductions

As the group finishes their meal, a messenger arrives breathlessly and announces that both Princes will be joining them. The young dwarf barely has his beard, and like the others here, he does not seem grim or worn down by history. When he leaves, the group decides there must certainly be something in the ale here. The wait is not too long before Prince Tasster arrives with his brother, Prince Teszter. Instead of the battered but magnificent armor he wore before, he now wears more practical fatigues. He fills out the uniform well, and if anyone forgot how physically imposing the Prince was, they were quickly reminded. His hair crest is shortened now and better managed into something less wild, as is beard now. He does wear a significant amount of jewelry though, including golden chains and rings. Of course, he has a bulging skin of ale at his side.

His brother, Prince Teszter, has a similar looking face to his brother, but that is where the similarity ends. Tasster was more of a hulking physical presence and psychopathically dangerous, but Teszter was of more normal dimensions. He was muscular too and clearly a warrior, but seemed to have more of a quickness to him. Unlike his brother, he showed few visible scars and had keen eyes along with red hair and a well groomed beard of medium length. He was dressed much more fashionably, with a cloak and a fine tunic.

Upon arrival, Tasster immediately bull rushes Thodrek and gives him a big bear hug.

“I knew ye would come! We had nay heard anything and given up hope o’any aide from yer Great King, and now he sent all of ye! Yer timing is good, we’ve called together all 10 clans and we’re plan’n something big” Tasster tells Thodrek, and by the extension the whole group, all while not releasing his bear hug. If not for his armor, Thordrek may have received a broken rib from his enthusiasm.

Teszter looks at them and crosses his arms instead, giving them a wary look. He was the true leader of things here, not his slightly elder brother.
“Greeting’s to ye, I am Prince Teszter of the Iron House Clan, Prince of the Tethyamar Clans in exile. I welcome ye to these Halls, but I was led to believe that my brother he had received more support from the ‘Patriarch of Moradin’ as he styles himself. The Jilkers were one of the 21 clans of Tethyamar, Arduke of the Thunder Peaks. Instead of gratitude and loyalty, they offered judgment, stole our artifacts and waged war on us until we sent them down into the Underdark. Any members of that Clan would only be welcome among us because their history was virtually erased because of what happened” Tezster lets that hang in the air for moment, and his brother Tasster gives his a scowl.

“That is all a great deal of old history though, and of the Jilker Clan that remains, there is only a handful of them left. I understand what is there now is different from that, and far be it from me to disagree with Moradin’s judgment to choose your Patriarch as his Chosen. While I have no doubt of your individual skills, I am… surprised this is all the help that can be offered while I hear tales of your vaunted Legions. We are not owed half measures.


While I may not appreciate the Patriarch's gesture in its scale, I do appreciate yer personal presence. We have some numbers, but we have few warriors of your skill. Most of them died when our eldest brother, Borlin, took our best warriors to try and recover our home. He lost a powerful weapon to our cause in that fight. Now, we ready to try things again and hope for a better result" he says, his voice a grim on the last part.

Gryndel
2014-03-02, 09:21 AM
Magnum

As they entered the hall, Magnum fell back into his typical position near Valina. While much of what he saw impressed him, three of them elicited a broad smile from the gruff Alaghor; the last one persisting until the Princes arrived.

First, fortifications always brought a smile to his face, especially when he judged them as well done. While this was not a grand fortress, they had done very well with what they had here, and Magnum was duly impressed and pleased.

Second, the closeness of this clan was something that he felt deep in his heart. In particular the whistling, musical nature of their shared camaraderie incited a deep appreciation for this place and the people within, endearing them immediately to the War Priest. He soon found himself humming along with the tunes as he learned them quickly and felt compelled to join in.

Lastly, the enthusiastic interest of the children exposed the one soft spot in Magnum; youthful exuberance and innocent curiosity of things he held as vital values in life. As he sat next to Valina he shared several smiles with her as the children pelted them with questions. He was all too happy to tell them tales of his personal experiences in battles, show them his weapons, and told some of the details of fighting the white dragon while standing near the vaunted and holy anvil of Moradin. Pulling out the fang he kept from that battle he passed it around and explained, "We had fought many small battles ta get ta dat point, overcomin' many fierce foes on da way. But as da dread dragon descended ta do battle, overconfident in its prowess an' convinced it'd be an easy victory, it seemed da culmination o'da confrontation in our mission. While it did prove ta be a mighty beast o' battle, inflictin' many horrible wounds upon us all, da few o'us in dat divine locale fought bravely an' fiercely, ultimately slayin' da terrible beast in a unified effort."

Enjoying the meal and the environment in which it was served, Magnum shrugged and scoffed slightly, returning to his usual somber and serious self when the Princes arrived and began talking. He had little to say about most of what was spoken, adding only a nod to the last of what Teszter said. Slamming his fist against his breast, he stood and spoke up boldly and seriously, "Pardon my pertinence Prince, but I'm happy ta offer my assistance in trainin' yer troops. Dat is, if'n we have time an' yer so inclined ta accept such an offer from a Sum Alaghor o'Clangeddin. When da time comes ta enact yer plan, I'd be more'n proud ta be in da front ranks, if'n ye see fit ta allow me such a place o' privilege."

OMG PONIES
2014-03-03, 11:33 AM
“No, the thing was not good. It was just perhaps not evil."

Nalrak scratches at his beard, puzzled by the inclusion of this third category. Could their mission have been devoid of any moral inclination? He had long been taught that everything had significance, fell on one side of the scales or another. But could anything land firmly on the fulcrum? Nalrak tries to ponder the topic, but the Matriarch's tale of Morna's disappearance (and blatant accusation of Buehler) was enough to make his head spin. He didn't care much for courtly intrigue, but recently he seemed to be wading in it up to his waist.


“If you’ll have nothing of me, than I ask ye take your leave and prepare for your trip to the Battle Halls to tend to their wounded. We may need you in three days’ time to tend to any wounded from the battle in Wayrest. It seems the Patriarch is set upon dealing with Kaladus once and for all, and recovering the anvil Kaladus took with him. With him gone, it clears the way for more of those artifacts to be produced and used” she says and shakes her head.

"Aye," Nalrak agrees before he can fully process what's being said. The words hit him like a ballista bolt in the back: dealing with Kaladus? Once and for all? Recovering the anvil? Nalrak gulped. Just as he was beginning to come to terms with their prior mission, it seemed he was being faced with another that tried his convictions. He had pledged assistance to Kaladus, and now he may be sent to clean up after the mage's assassination. Still, Nalrak had given Kaladus a chance at redemption. Whether or not he took it was up to the human. Regardless, Nalrak felt the queasy feeling of plenty of restless nights soon to come.


“Again, if you are going to go out into the world, do so in the simple vestments of your faith at least. I’ve left robes in your room instead of the burlap and wool you have not”

With that, she motions for Nalrak to depart so she can return to her meal.

Nalrak nods begrudgingly, not one to deny such a request as long as it allows him to maintain his vow. "Thank you for the audience, Mother. As always, your council is wise." With that, he returns to his room and the change of clothes awaiting him.


“That is all a great deal of old history though, and of the Jilker Clan that remains, there is only a handful of them left. I understand what is there now is different from that, and far be it from me to disagree with Moradin’s judgment to choose your Patriarch as his Chosen. While I have no doubt of your individual skills, I am… surprised this is all the help that can be offered while I hear tales of your vaunted Legions. We are not owed half measures.


While I may not appreciate the Patriarch's gesture in its scale, I do appreciate yer personal presence. We have some numbers, but we have few warriors of your skill. Most of them died when our eldest brother, Borlin, took our best warriors to try and recover our home. He lost a powerful weapon to our cause in that fight. Now, we ready to try things again and hope for a better result" he says, his voice a grim on the last part.

Nalrak has remained silent for most of the tour and introduction, but at this he speaks. His voice is gentle as always, but he speaks with the measured pace of a man considering every word: "One should not confuse quantity with quality, Sire," Nalrak says with a deferential bow to Teszter. "Not to boast, but as you have said, there are few of our skill."

Toliudar
2014-03-03, 12:36 PM
Johannes is in good spirits as they get a tour of Brightblades Hall. Dwarves working in peace and harmony, welcoming the influences of outsiders. The smile broadens. It seems clear that, at least for the moment, they were out of the realm of sectarian violence and mistrust. This might be a small and embattled outpost, but they were having fun.

The guard's naming them as 'dragon hunters', while not technically accurate, still brought a smile to his face. And then the thought came that they might be known as dragon hunters because these people wanted them to find and kill another dragon, and the smile vanished briefly.

During the meal of welcome, Johannes is as loud & proud as ever, sharing wondrous stories of dubious provenance, often centring on his adventures growing up as a young boy in Sigil. Those who know Johannes recognize that these are in fact not his own stories, but a well known series of ballads popular in Waterdeep and the western cities. Also, much as he had spoken about his new bow, Gemeye, on the journey here, when the children ask to see weapons it is his gleaming sword that he brings out for inspection.

In consultation with the Princes, Johannes takes on the focused look of the diplomat again, absorbing details hungrily but revealing nothing. When Teszter speaks of his concerns about their small numbers, Johannes smiles.

My dear Prince, Magnum is too modest. I think that you'll find that our presence is indeed a sign of the Patriarch's high regard for you, coupled perhaps with a desire to see the backside of a few of us for a little while. We have accomplished what a hundred dwarven warriors in plate could not. And while we count a few non-dwarves in our company, rest assured that Wyatt and Kal-Resh pull their weight, and then some. Occasionally, literally."

thorgrim29
2014-03-04, 04:30 PM
Thordrek

Thordrek quite liked the Brightblade hold fast, the closeness and joy of the dwarves living there was something he had not experiences in a while, the Patriarchate being a very militaristic and austere nation. Of course, he reflected, they were able to live that way because people like him held the darkness back on distant borders, he shared this thought with Nalrak, the priest held guilt enough for 10 dwarves, trying to decrease that was his duty as both his friend and superior officer

We should visit places like this more often, remind ourselves of what we're fighting for. King and country, honor, justice, the favor of the gods... Those are worthy causes, but generations of children growing up healthy, happy and in peace seems much more concrete soemtimes, doesn't it?

He also discreetly asks everyone to keep an eye out for competent people who could be recruited for the Stonelands expedition

I want under no circumstance to steal manpower from Tasster and his brother, but we won't be the only ones here only for the initial push, if you find some, inquire about their plans for the spring and their skillset, and bring them to me or Magnum. Wyatt especially, if I had a dozen scouts half as good as you I'd be much more at ease, and see if you can have a chat with whoever's in command of the boys who tailed us outside.


During the meal, Thordrek alternates between asking the few Brightblades present about their clan's history since Tehyamar fell and before, his notebook out, and telling the story of his part in the fight against the dragons, and of the heroism of the fallen in that titanic battle.

When they meet the Princes, he greets Tasster with lesser but still genuine enthusiasm, and can only nod at his more level headed brother's disappointment.

I'm certain that the Patriarch would have wished to offer more substantial aid, but we are still recovering from a long war with the Aurilites that may reignite at any second. That and other matters I'm not at liberty to discuss means that the Patriarchate, while not by any means fragile, needs it's legions standing ready and at full strength.

That being said, we are some of the best, as your brother can attest, and we're here to help. Tell us what the plan is, and we'll find where best to fit in it

mshady
2014-03-05, 08:02 AM
Buna to Grathalmor

Buna nudges Grathalmor out of his quietness with a literal elbow and a smile as they sit at the table.

"Usually when they send me out on long trips, as Glorian loves to see the back of me, it's to a place like this. We're all so very traditional and serious, but this is more like Clans I see. Battlehammer, Feldbar, Adbar, Mirabar, The Far Hills, few gold dwarf clans. It makes the trip worth it for such fine company. So many different kinds of ale too! I do hate limiting myself. With ale, I mean. Stick with me though, you might get dragged to places like this all the time. Fair warn'n to ya!" she says with a coy smile. Buna was one of the only Arcanii that travelled, and had taught a select group of students elsewhere about some basic magics. She had also accompanied strike teams on occasion, but if there was ever an excuse to send an Arcanii somewhere, she was always first on that list because of how frustrating some of the others found her. Carmard was one of her few allies in the group.

When the Princes arrive and everyone introduces themselves, Buna waits for the end before speaking.

"They're all quite good and I bring something else. I'm an Arcanii, one of the dwarf mages ye may have heard of that we have? I might be able to do things for ye that ye be needing. Like Magnum said, after all this is over, I could stay on with him maybe and show some of ye some basics, but supporting our warriors in a fight is what we do. Like a War Wizard, but shorter, stouter and better look'n" she says and winks at Teszter.

mshady
2014-03-05, 08:32 AM
The Princes

The two Princes look at each other and shrug as a general reply to what others say here.

"We're disappointed in the numbers sent, but numbers are not what we need. Borlin had numbers. Borlin is dead. You'll do. We were hoping someone from the Forgemark Brotherhood would come, as a sign of respect" Tezster says, looking them over. "I'm glad yer here though. Tasster has told me endless tales already over ale"

"There is someone from the Forgemark Brotherhood here. I am Valina and been with them for many years. At yer service" she says, stands and gives Teszter a bow with a smile on her face.

He does not look overly impressed at her, as she wears only minimal equipment.

"Truly? I'm honored, I suppose, but to amend myself, I was hoping for one who was a highly skilled fighter. No offense intended" Teszter tells her.

"No offense taken, but if it was, you would see exactly how skilled I am and woe to ye" she says with a smile.

Tezter nods and chuckles dryly at her reply.

"I'll take ye at yer word. You'll have the chance to demonstrate that. As for what we're doing, that will have to wait for a couple o'more hours. When all 10 clans are assembled in these Halls, we'll share our plan with everyone. Until than, enjoy our ale and cheese and gird yerself. With your mage here, ye may just be in the vanguard"

OMG PONIES
2014-03-05, 09:19 AM
Nalrak smiles politely at the princes' words and invitation, but he doesn't indulge himself. He politely refuses so many offers that, after a while, he takes a mostly-consumed mug from the table and holds it so the servers will stop asking. He keeps an eye on Tasster, looking for a free moment to approach.

As soon as one presents itself, Nalrak places his mug on an unattended table and approaches Tasster. Nalrak's eyes scan the many scars on Tasster's arms, unable to find the one he had stitched himself; there were just too many to count, let alone keep track of. "Highness?" he asks with a slight bow. "How are your boys...healthy? Ach, it feels like it's been years since I pulled that spearhead from your youngest." The doctor remembered back to the day he healed Tasster's son of a spear wound to the gut. He didn't doubt his own curative abilities, but when it came to battlefield healing, the true enemy was lingering infection that could ambush its foe days or weeks after the initial wound had already been treated.

Grodech
2014-03-05, 09:20 AM
Buna to Grathalmor

Buna nudges Grathalmor out of his quietness with a literal elbow and a smile as they sit at the table.

"Usually when they send me out on long trips, as Glorian loves to see the back of me, it's to a place like this. We're all so very traditional and serious, but this is more like Clans I see. Battlehammer, Feldbar, Adbar, Mirabar, The Far Hills, few gold dwarf clans. It makes the trip worth it for such fine company. So many different kinds of ale too! I do hate limiting myself. With ale, I mean. Stick with me though, you might get dragged to places like this all the time. Fair warn'n to ya!" she says with a coy smile. Buna was one of the only Arcanii that travelled, and had taught a select group of students elsewhere about some basic magics. She had also accompanied strike teams on occasion, but if there was ever an excuse to send an Arcanii somewhere, she was always first on that list because of how frustrating some of the others found her. Carmard was one of her few allies in the group.


Buna brings Grathalmor out of his thoughts. "Maybe if ya didn' spend so much time aggrivatin' her, she wouldn' be so happy to see yer backside. Not that dere's anytin' wrong wit' yer' backside." he added "But mebbe you like 'ta travel and do it on purpose."

Grathalmor had spent the better time of the trip here getting himself back into shape. The long winter months in the halls had taken it's toll on everyone. He was happy to have calluses on the soles of his feet again. It kept him from dwelling on Nalrak's sacrifice as well. They were still somewhat at odds with each other over it. He loved his cousin, but hadn't been able to come to grips yet with the vow Nalrak had given. It just didn't make sense to Grathalmor, no matter how Nalrak explained it.

It was good to see Tasster again, especially under much better circumstances. He didn't see Tasster's sons here at the meal. He made a mental note to ask Tasster how they were once the conversation lulled again. Tezster was somewhat less than cordial, but given the history it was understandable. He didn't need to add any fuel to the fire by speaking out on it, and was content to let the leaders do the talking.

mshady
2014-03-05, 07:35 PM
Tasster to Nalrak

"Aye, it does seem an age ago. It seems like yesterday too. They all be fine, but my one son's just about recovered now. Ye saved his life, but it took him some time to make it the rest of the way. He's fine just in time to go back into the fight. Just how we like it! Arrr!" Tasster says enthusiastically and beats his chest proudly.


Nalrak smiles politely at the princes' words and invitation, but he doesn't indulge himself. He politely refuses so many offers that, after a while, he takes a mostly-consumed mug from the table and holds it so the servers will stop asking. He keeps an eye on Tasster, looking for a free moment to approach.

As soon as one presents itself, Nalrak places his mug on an unattended table and approaches Tasster. Nalrak's eyes scan the many scars on Tasster's arms, unable to find the one he had stitched himself; there were just too many to count, let alone keep track of. "Highness?" he asks with a slight bow. "How are your boys...healthy? Ach, it feels like it's been years since I pulled that spearhead from your youngest." The doctor remembered back to the day he healed Tasster's son of a spear wound to the gut. He didn't doubt his own curative abilities, but when it came to battlefield healing, the true enemy was lingering infection that could ambush its foe days or weeks after the initial wound had already been treated.

Strangie
2014-03-06, 01:20 AM
Wyatt

Wyatt had been mostly quiet this trip, an oddity for him. This being mostly a dwarven deal, he remained respectful, only speaking when spoken to.

"I try, Thordrek. 'dat's all I can do for ya." He says with a nod. "It's good to see ya again, Tasster."

Really sorry about the silence. I have been swamped with nonsense in the real world. I'm gonna try and focus back on this and get myself caught up.

OMG PONIES
2014-03-06, 07:28 AM
Tasster to Nalrak

"Aye, it does seem an age ago. It seems like yesterday too. They all be fine, but my one son's just about recovered now. Ye saved his life, but it took him some time to make it the rest of the way. He's fine just in time to go back into the fight. Just how we like it! Arrr!" Tasster says enthusiastically and beats his chest proudly.

Nalrak smirks at Tasster's gung-ho attitude, unfettered as always. "Aye," he nods, "glad to hear it, m'lord. And glad to be of service once more. Do reach out if there's anything I can do." With that, Nalrak rejoins his traveling companions. At least the weight of one patient's well-being was off his shoulders.

mshady
2014-03-06, 09:31 AM
The Council of Thanes

The meeting between the two princes and the Patriarchate group broke up shortly after that last exchange, and it left the group with some time on their hands to talk. No one had any idea what they would be doing, but it was quite obvious that the mention of Buna’s capabilities had sent some wheels spinning in Teszter’s mind. The Princes were two sides of the same coin, not uncommon with twins. One was clearly a warrior. The other was clearly a soldier.

Four hours later, they are all called to a meeting hall with an escort of the young pages they had seen before. The young dwarfs again pepper the group with questions, and the subject of Grathalmor’s guns is newest topic of interest. He unloads the Little Doctors and lets the young dwarves have a bit of fun with them on the walk to the meeting hall.

The hall itself is a large half circle, with the auditorium sectioned off into 20 different areas. Each of them bears the banner of a Clan of old Tethyamar. In the front of the room is a stone table with two high chairs, presumably where the Princes sit, along with several other chairs behind them for others. As the other Clans file in, Valina sits back in her chair in the “guest” area and begins a commentary.

“What we’re seeing here be a Council of Thanes, the ruling body of the Tethyamar. If they’re all here, that’s rare because some have moved out of the area entirely, and some are Hidden Clans that do not seek outside contact. As proud a people as we are, sometimes our best and last line of defense is just disappearing. This is all more symbolic at this point, only a few thousand descendants of the Tethyamar remain, and the ones that really have the strength are the Brightblades and the Iron House.

So let’s see, of course we have the Iron House as the ruling Clan standing to the front. In the center, we have the Brightblades. Next to them, we have the Greatanvil Clan and Oreseeker Clan. If I’m reading the banners right, the other two are the hidden ones, The Timekeeper Clan and the Vanguard Clan. From out of the area are the Deepdiggers, the Doubleaxes, the Steellink and the Truehammer Clan. All of the empty sections are for the Lost clans, there should be 10 of those” Valina says and pauses, looking at the chamber.
“I count 11, Val” Buna remarks. Valina nods in reply.
“I do too. There be 10 lost Clans. The 11th section belongs to Clan Jilker, no banner of course. Come on, no sense hiding” she says and gets up. Valina boldly leads the group to sit amongst the empty sections that once belonged to the Thanes of Clan Jilker. As they do so, a hushed silence falls over the room as all of the idle chatter ends. All eyes are on them now, and after an uncomfortable moment, Valina stands up.

“Valina Glanrak, daughter of Titania, blood of Morag, of Clan Jilker of the Azmordin Halls in the Thunderpeaks, in exile at the Soulhammer Halls in Kelvin’s Cairn.I bring Baron Thordrek and Captain Magnum of his guard as well. We are honored to be at yer service” she says and bows curtly before sitting down.

After another moment of silence, voices rise and many of the oldest dwarfs jump out of their seats in protest. While their name may have been stricken from the books, it certainly remained in the minds of the longbeards of the group. Some even fumbled for axes to wave in their direction. Valina watches the reaction with interest with her calm, observant eyes as if she was watching the reaction of an alchemy experiment.

“Calm, my kinsmen! Calm!” says the voice of Prince Teszter. His voice is loud and authoritative, but he did not bellow or yell. He has to repeat himself a second time, but the group eventually calms down.

“Yes, they are who they say they are and yes, there is history between us and them but they are repentant for the deeds of their ancestors. That is the start to making them one of us again, and I ask ye to show your respect. Their support is vital to what I’m here to ask of ye. Now before we begin, as tradition says, lets drink of the ale of the hosts deeply and we shall talk” Teszter says, and waves at someone in doorway. Several of the young dwarves move in quickly with carts holding barrels of ale and several mugs. The heavy barrels are left by each of the occupied sections, including the one Valina has led the group to. As the drinks are served, they all note the ale is warm but frothy with a deep, somewhat nutty, taste to it.

thorgrim29
2014-03-06, 10:05 AM
Thordrek

When Valina names him, Thordrek bows slightly to the assembly, and adds, sotto voce,

They sure know how to keep a grudge

Grodech
2014-03-06, 12:31 PM
Thordrek
They sure know how to keep a grudge

"An' what could be more dwarven den dat?" Grathalmor says in return.

OMG PONIES
2014-03-06, 12:49 PM
Nalrak Ironfist

The doctor smiles a toothy grin at their introduction, but he grimaces through his teeth as he mutters, "This is no grudge, but a scar. Old wounds left untreated don't always heal well."

Toliudar
2014-03-06, 12:50 PM
Johannes

Johannes manages to keep the smirk off of his face right through the procession up to the place of the Jilkers. Ah, if only Hignar could see them now, with his loyal contingent of dwarven warriors including a halfling, an orcblood and an outsider like himself.

He had to fake a cough, though, when he hears Thordrek's quiet comment about keeping a grudge. Johannes had a very good memory, and even he didn't think that he could remember all the people that their own Patriarch had a grudge against. And he was supposed to be a paragon of virtue. A literal paragon of virtue. What hope, then, for the rest of us mere mortals.

"Different scenery, same problems. Or, rather, Thane problems."

Working hard to be on good behaviour, Johannes waved cheerfully to the warriors in the adjacent ClanBox.

BelGareth
2014-03-06, 01:55 PM
Kal-Resh a little out of his element, he enjoys the feast upon arrival, and is determined to stay in his man-form, knowing that, if his current companions, who had traveled with him for a while were still surprised from his skin changing, then these new dwarves would be too...and perhaps react differently...he had no intention of causing any form of ruckus, he wanted to stay with his new friends as long as they would have him...he didn't want to be alone again...

When someone would refer to him, or ask him a question, he would smile with a toothy grin.

He followed Wyatt and Johannes to the box, not certain about the hush, or the hubbub that had followed, he had the urge to shift, but stopped himself...he must stay...he must...if they could stay so long in their man form, then why not him?

Strangie
2014-03-06, 09:05 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt raised an eyebrow to all the dwarves shouting at them in protest. He noticed Kal-Resh shuffling around and looking around awkwardly when they got into the box. "Dwarf business... I wouldn't worry about it too much. We gotta make a good impression on 'dese guys, yeah? Or at least, I'd like to try. Guys like us, Kal, we don't impress through words, we're men of action. Once we get down to business, you'll know what I mean, and so will 'dey."

He gestures a thumb at Johannes. "When we need words, 'dat's what we got him for. Damn good at it too. Ain't 'dat right, Joh?"

Toliudar
2014-03-07, 12:44 PM
Johannes smiles fondly down at Wyatt, who understood the situation better than most of the dwarves present, he figured.

"My friend, Diplomacy is more than saying or doing the right things at the right time, it is avoiding saying or doing the wrong things at any time. A lesson that most dwarves learn, or don't learn, over and over and over. You're and Kal-Resh have both acquitted yourselves with grace and honour these past months. But you're right. I don't think that these dwarves are likely to be interested in anything that any of the three of us have to say. But I think that Thordrek and Magnum will represent us beautifully."

Gryndel
2014-03-07, 06:46 PM
Magnum

Listening closely to Valina as she detailed the clans, Magnum recalled what the Patriarch had told them of the history in which these clans were involved. He proudly marched just behind her to the Jilker section of the gathering and stood the whole time ready to defend her, or indeed any of those in his company if need be. Though he made no visible motion to incite any action, his steady hand never left the hilt of Arctis as the clamoring ruckus started. He kept a stony face during the whole proceeding, bowing ever so slightly when she mentioned his name to acknowledge his presence to all. In his mind he marked well the dwarves who had protested the loudest against the Jilkers being here, but equally noticing who said nothing.

As those around him began to talk softly among themselves, he nodded once at the words of Johannes and flashed the smallest grin at Thordrek. His steady gaze passed over Wyatt, the hint of a friendly smile paying across his lips at the halfling's words, knowing the brave scout would back them up as he had done many times in the past. He was actually very proud to be in this company, regardless of the opinion of the majority in the hall, knowing them all to be honorable and worthy of his camaraderie, and several of them equally worthy of his friendship and complete trust.

Demonstrating the words of wisdom about diplomacy that Johannes spoke, he said nothing. He indulged himself of the ale in great pleasure and waited to hear what the Princes had to say, though he suspected he could well guess what that would be.

mshady
2014-03-09, 10:09 PM
The Prince's Speech

With the casks of ale delivered and opened, the mugs are filled and ale is consumed in immoderate portions by most. This is not really a custom any of the other dwarfs are familiar with, but the sense of it is plain enough. Most of these dwarfs rarely saw each other, so it was an opportunity to greet old friends and talk about some of the business at hand. Of course, a drink shared by friends brought everyone closer together. Not a bad thing before important deliberations. For Wyatt and Kal-resh, the ale seems particularly strong and after just a mug, Wyatt in particular is feeling a bit ‘fuzzy’ from it. It takes a moment for the group to notice, but the mugs actually are chilling the ale as well. Some sort of particularly useful enchantment, no doubt.

None of the groups approach the Jilker’s section, but no one makes any attempt to hide they are the subject of conversation. As much of their history was wiped out with the records, and most of the remaining records were in enemy hands, only the long beards of each clan knew anything. The younger ones gathered around them to hear their recollections. From what could be overheard, most were accurate enough. After a half hour of discourse, someone strikes a gong to bring the room back to order. Once again, Prince Teszter steps up to the dias and begins speaking.

“I’ve called this Clan Moot to discuss where we stand on reclaiming our ancestral homes. With the death of King Ghellin, my brother Borlin and loss of the mithril legion at his back, every one of us lost someone in our family. It was a low time, and the dream of recovering our old home became embers. Over the years, a new generation has grown and our losses have been replaced. We also have made friends during that time that can aid us in our plight.

The silver mine of the Brightblades, and the trade of Glen along the Underways are the only thing that have allowed us to do more than subsist. Our numbers are still too small to retake the whole of the mines, and even if we took them, we could not hold them. As we fell one hall at a time though, we must reclaim our home one hall at a time. We need a toe hold in our former home, something we can defend and something that can help us prosper. That is why I have decided to ask all of ye to join the new Mithril Legion and retake the old clan halls of Goldhammer Clan. Their hold fast was not the largest, but they had long worked rich veins of gold and they were in the foothills of the desert mouth, as far from the seat of the Iron House as any clan. Even though they were far, they were still part of Tethyamar and still connected to all the ways through the mountains and Underdark only we know.

Inside those halls, there must be a thousand orcs in those halls alone, led by wolf devils called barghests and a greater devil is said to lead it all. Those are just the Goldhammer Halls, but as we hope to access the old roads, the main road the enemy uses, must be blocked. Should it not be, unlimited reinforcements from all of the rest of the Mines would overwhelm us and throw us out of our home again.

Before the arrival of the Jilkers, we had hoped to scythe through the enemy fast enough to close the old gates and raise new barriers to cut off any reinforcements. Now, the Jilkers return to us small in number, but are powerful wielders of magic. Using teleportation magic, they would infiltrate our old halls and erect magicked walls of iron and stone to cut off any reinforcements while we try to retake the Halls. As all of ye know now, there are old grudges between us and them, but in order to have a chance of restoring Tethyamar, we must accept the help they offered if they do, indeed, still offer it.

This is a bold plan for bold dwarves. The longer we wait, the more the dream of our homeland will die. The harder to attain it, the harder to remember it, the harder it is to leave our farms and menial jobs on a wager to return to our glory. A wager to live like dwarfs again! Think this over, it requires all of us or none of us. Know that if you will not stand up now for this, I will stand down as Prince of Tethyamar. The Iron House will find it’s own path, and you can elect a new leader to help you with your farms and mines. Too long have we dawdled and smarted from our last defeat. The time for action is now, or we must accept it is never. I will let ye return to yer deliberations on what ye would do” Prince Teszter says, and bows to the group, before returning to his seat next to his brother.

Quite a few heads turn in the direction of the Jilker box once again, reinforcing just how much weight had been tossed without warning on their shoulders.

Toliudar
2014-03-11, 03:14 AM
Johannes was struck by the poetry of the presentation. This Teszter might be a dour prat at times, but he could indeed string a sentence together. Might even make a decent king.

They were being manipulated, of course, into taking on the thin edge of the wedge. To teleport in blind, block off any possible course of escape, and then wait there, fending off hundreds of orcs while they hoped that the other troops would actually do their job. It was clearly an undesirable and nearly suicidal job.

Could be fun.

Grinning, Johannes catches Thordrek's eye. Astonishingly, he didn't say anything, but simply nodded slightly and offered a quick wink.

thorgrim29
2014-03-11, 10:26 AM
Thordrek

Well, he's certainly ambitious.... I'm fresh out of "teleportation magics", how about you guys?

Much like Joh, Thordrek realized that the task Tezter was essentially shaming them into accepting would be considered a suicide mission by most, but he could see how it might work out. He gets the group into a huddle to consult with them

Assuming he can provide the requisite magic items, I can see how it could work, we'd have to go in say half an hour after the attack starts. By then the enemy presence at the rear will be minimal. We 'port in a thoroughly scried area, eliminate stragglers, put up the walls, and join the main battle. I'm willing to give it a try, how about you?

OMG PONIES
2014-03-11, 11:36 AM
Nalrak mulls the mission over in his head: the orcs, the barghests, the odds. He contemplates all the variables and realizes just how wrong it could go. One miscalculation, one bit of inadequate preparation, and they'd be appearing in the middle of their own graves. Even still, if they could prepare and approach this correctly, it could be just the kind of thing their clan needed to be accepted into the fold once more.

"There are worse ways to die," he says with a shrug.

Grodech
2014-03-11, 07:25 PM
"Aye." Grathalmor replies in agreement. "Gonna have ta be a helluva wall we put up though, ta keep out thousands of orcs with demon leadership." He continues to sit in their section, arms crossed, observing everything around.

Another suicidal mission - great. At least this one involves killing orcs, not killing dwarves and destroying the undermountain in an entire region...

Gryndel
2014-03-11, 08:05 PM
Magnum

Tugging his beard in thought as the Prince spoke, the Alaghor mulled over the possibilities both good and bad. He suspected all along that they'd be put into some such position here, all the better to prove their valor and worth to the other clans. A fierce grin began to grace his battle hardened face, and the more he heard the broader it became.

Uncertain where anyone got the idea about having teleport magic, Magnum shrugged at Thordrek, "I cannae do any teleport spells, nor much in da way o' scryin'. Buna, Valina?"

"Devils Grathalmor, not demons, a distinct difference. As ta da wall, I could cast a couple made o' stone o' fairly good size. So dependin' on da area ta be walled off, it'd be a helluva wall indeed."

Laughing out loud, a deep belly laugh wholly filled with the true joy and glorious pleasure a Sum Alaghor can experience even at the thought of such a risky battle, he spoke with the confidence his faith and calling in life instilled in such dwarves as he, "A bold plan ta hold off da hordes o' reinforcements, overwhelmin' odds against a traditional foe aided by devils, a very good chance o' failure leadin' to our massacre, da success o'da larger objective dependin' on our victory an' steadfast resolve ta hold off da hordes; sounds just about right ta my mind! If only dey had some giants involved, I'd be entirely happy about da whole affair."

OMG PONIES
2014-03-11, 08:30 PM
Nalrak chuckles as his compatriots discuss the mission. As they start talking about stone, the good doctor shakes his head. "Nay, lads," he scoffs. "We are the wall."

BelGareth
2014-03-12, 04:04 PM
Kal resh listens to the prince, his face wrinkles in confusion as he talks about 'teleportation spells' and the like, as the group turns towards each other to talk about it, he looks at all of them:

"Kal thinks dwarf prince is confused."

"Kal cannot teleport."

he says, hands on hip, fore brow wrinkled.

mshady
2014-03-13, 12:38 AM
Valina and Buna share a look with each other and nod as the others discuss their immediate thoughts on their assigned task. Valina bites her lip for a moment and looks at the group. Around them, several of the other Clan groups have broke down into their own discussions.

"It goes without saying this is not going to be easy. We neither owe them easy favors nor do any of us do easy deeds. That would be beneath us all, wouldn't you say?" she says and looks around the assembled group and their allies.

Their accomplishments all spoke for themselves, certainly.

"We're going behind enemy lines to cut off reinforcements and give our allies a fighting chance. I don't know how long we will have to hold out. It could be a day, it could be a week. If it's possible to use spells to create walls or collapse a tunnel, we can get in and do most of the work without too much fuss and get out. We might have to dabble with some illusions and dirty tricks, but we can do it. We'll have orcs, devils, barghests and probably Zhentarim to deal with if we stay too long.

What we're not doing is "being the wall" though. That would be suicidal and that's not in the cards. We're going to need time to prepare and study the maps. My biggest concern is going into underground areas we barely know. If the teleportation is not done exactly, we're as likely to arrive safely as arrive in a vein of granite, or at least some distance away. Tis why it is rarely used underground. So unfortunately Kal, the Prince is not confused. I prefer the term bold? All the more reason we need a few weeks to get ready, and I doubt we're alone on that score" Valina says, looking around at the other dwarves.

"Buna, a lot of the magic is going to depend on you. I know some of it ye cannot do, but we can find scrolls for ye, I'm sure. Moradin help us on the expense though" she says, gritting her teeth.

Strangie
2014-03-13, 07:00 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt raises an eyebrow at Kal. "Uh... don't worry about it big guy. 'dey'll figure it out." He looks at the mug of ale he was holding, wincing his eyes a bit. "I think I'm gonna lay off the drink for the rest of the day, 'dough... little Halfling body cannot handle big man drink. 'dat's what a friend told me once, heh."

He sets the mug aside, frowning a bit at the revelations being thrust upon by the crew. "So... suicide mission, eh? Welp." He throws his hands up into the air, shrugging. "I go where Thordrek and Magnum go, or where 'dey tell me to go, so, sure, why the hell not."

Toliudar
2014-03-14, 12:34 PM
Johannes is surprised when the meeting seems to break up.

"Oh, are we...I guess they're just assuming that we're going to say yes to that. Funny. Dwarves are a funny lot."

A strategic planning session seems to be breaking out in the Jilker box, so Johannes joins in with gusto. 'Gusto', in this case, meaning a big smile and a snagged mug of ale.

"Not to worry, Buna. Depending on how big this complex is, we might not need the big gun magic at all. Valina, are you willing to join us on this little fool's errand?"

thorgrim29
2014-03-19, 06:03 PM
Thordrek

All right, we may want to make some adjustments to the plan but it seems that we're in, do you want to tell them Valina?

mshady
2014-03-20, 02:10 AM
Meet and Greet

Valina nods in response to the request, but her face is pensive.
“Aye, I’ll tell them but first we have to see if the rest of the Clans in the Council of Thanes even approve o’this plan. Teszter is a Prince, not a King, and even a full Tethyamar King could not make big decisions without the approval o’his Thanes. The King’s job is to lead consensus and implement here. It makes sense for them, I suppose, as they were so large they had 21 Clan holds and several fortified mines swearing to each of them. They would elect a King, but of course it was traditional the King was from the Iron House, so why change? Not such a good system when ye cannae get a consensus, which has been half the problem. When there was a quarter million of them or whatnot, it made sense. With just a few thousand though? It’s out of respect for traditions, but it nay makes much practical sense.

With us, our King is our Patriarch, and our Patriarch was blessed by Moradin. He is not infallible, but he has ultimate authority. How can we question it? Why would we? That authority means he also can delegate quite a bit too, which I have some…frustrations with” Valina allows, biting her lip and watching the discussion around them.

It goes on for an hour’s time, with drinks being passed around and much discussion. The two Princes walk around between each clan box, discussing things with each of the 10 other Clans. Of course, the Jilkers are last to be visited out of the groups.

“Well this is a rare site. Clan Jilker back in the Council of Thanes. I never thought I would see the day. Quite a bold move, claiming your old place. I think the decision’s already been made by most. The discussion now is mainly the elders who heard about ye from their elders. As ye can imagine, the tale has grown with each telling” Prince Teszter says, giving them all an amused smile.

“Aye! They’re all so damned surprised and we’re asking so much of them right now, this situation is the only way they’d all give ye a chance. My apologies for talking ye all up so much, my brother thought what we’re asking for ye should be an easy mission for all ye” Tasster laughs, and slaps Magnum on the shoulder. His eyes catch a glimpse at Grathalmor and he gives him an appreciating look.

“So now ye carry that big metal fist, two of yer big guns and shiny new armor and Nalrak’s now in his robes? I almost didn’t recognize him! Much slighter without that fancy interlocking armor he had. Got it all in a bag somewhere? Can anyone tell me how Carmard is? I know he was wounded, but how does he fare?”

Teszter nods and gives his brother a chance to finish up before returning to more serious matters.

“So tell me, what do ye think of our plan? Particularly ye, Magnum. I know ye haven’t looked upon a map, and we have time to prepare, but do ye think it would work? What are we going to need to do it? Will yer group be enough? We can block the orcs and such maybe, but it’s the devils I worry ‘bout. So ye know, ye do not have an actual vote in what comes next. It’s too soon and I’m not sure yer Patriarch even wants to align himself like that. Still though, yer support now and in the future’ll be critical. When Borlin died, he took with him the core of our oldest, most experienced soldiers when the Mithril Legion died in the mines.”

Toliudar
2014-03-20, 05:22 AM
Johannes frowns slightly. Tasster had always struck him as an honourable warrior. But here he was, trying to get an evaluation out of Magnus before they had anything except the broadest strokes of a plan. There were any number of factors who could make this not just hazardous but downright impossible.

Grodech
2014-03-20, 08:06 AM
“So now ye carry that big metal fist, two of yer big guns and shiny new armor and Nalrak’s now in his robes? I almost didn’t recognize him! Much slighter without that fancy interlocking armor he had. Got it all in a bag somewhere? Can anyone tell me how Carmard is? I know he was wounded, but how does he fare?”


"Well since Nalrak decided ta shed himself of worldly possessions..." Grathalmor says with some acidity, giving Tasster the impression it was a sore subject - which it was. "'da Fist had ta stay in 'da family, so he gave it ta me. Dat may change if we ever make our way back home. Carmard lost da leg o'course - dere was no way around dat - but otherwise he was recovered. I didn't see much o'him after we got back. I think he was considerin' retirement. Buna may know more."

mshady
2014-03-21, 11:58 PM
Tasster

"Shed yerself of yer possessions? Next he's going to shave his beard!" the boisterous Prince says. "Damn shame about Carmard, I was hoping he could join us. No offense to Miss Buna"

Teszter gives his brother a reproachful look, however.

"Clearly he made such a sacrifice for a reason. Ye'd do well to respect it. As a race, we hold grudges for our lives and especially those we hold against ourselves. Some try to seek to find death in battle to salve those wounds. At least your friend Nalrak had the wisdom to give up his things. After he does his penance, maybe in a century or so he can take up his steel again. Our Gods watch over us, most closely watched are the ones with the greatest faith." Tezster says, returning his gaze back to Nalrak.

"So does anyone have thoughts on this here plan? I hesitate to call it a plan so much an idea. The approach to these mines are going to be difficult, the breach harder. The paths are flanked with ridges, some watch towers and our own gates remain. We'll have to haul rams and galleries to protect the crews up a good five miles of that. Fortunately the area clears into an open approach, so we can meet their forces while in good formation in the last stretch. If it goes wrong, we may as well have our backs to a cliff" Teszter says and frowns slightly at the prospect.

mshady
2014-04-01, 01:04 AM
Sarghathuld

"Oh, I have a few thoughts. None of which ye may want to hear, but if yer looking for honest input, ye came to the right place" Buna says with a devilish smile.

"Yer in for it now, Prince" Valina remarks with a chuckle.

"It's a conceptually sound plan, I'll give it that. Ye attack the front, we cut off reinforcements, and ye take over the mine. We can get out, but it's nay going to be easy and if I or Valina fall, we leave people behind. I hope ye appreciate how risky this is for us" Buna says, looking at him sternly.

"As risky as it is for me to gamble all that's left of Tethyamar on this plan? Aye, I reckon we do" he replies, biting his lip under his neatly trimmed beard.

"Good, because we're all here to repay a debt to yer brother. I understand ye want to take back what was yours, and a shiny gold mine could make those of ye who survive wealthy but more gold won't help ye take back yer kingdom. So what am I missing?"

Tezster's brow furrows and he glances at this brother, sharing a "can we trust them look?". Tasster gives him a reaffirming nod.

"Firstly, I want ye here because Tasster tells me your ways of war are less traditional than one might expect. Borlin tried a direct frontal attack and died, taking more dwarfs with him than ye may have in yer whole kingdom. That cannae be repeated. Attacking here will make us stronger, not just because of the gold here, but because of a metal we call orcslayer. Alloyed with steel or mithril, it poisons any orc we wound and with enough of those weapons, they ran off an entire orc kingdom at their doorstep. With our tough armor and weapons that deadly, along with blessed silver, one dwarf would fight like five or six. In the hands of a real warrior, one dwarf might find like 20 or 30. Even than, that just makes us even.

The key to it all is what Borlin lost. Sarghathuld. It was a dwarf sword forged centuries before, and we hope to recover it so we can learn how these weapons were made and maybe unlock some of the magic that made it. He died with it in hands, and it is said that the Zhents who roost in this place recovered that blade. It strikes so much fear into the orcs here, even decades after the damage Borlin and his allies did, that the threat of it cows the orcs into line here. Simply having it would greatly speed our attempts to rediscover the alloy again, or even find the metal itself. but taking that symbol from them and putting the King's sword back in our hands would be very inspirational to us.

Which is why I am going to ask ye to not just seal up the seal tunnels to stop the reinforcements from flooding the mines with reinforcements but to teleport from there to where you can raid their vault. It should have the fewest guards with such a great distraction going on. We cannae just say we are trying for Sargthahuld and raise their hopes only to crush them, but if ye can wrest it from the vaults, it would be a huge victory for the spirit of my people. Ye Jilkers are the only ones who can do it. The knowledge of those vaults died with Ghellin and Borlin really. I am hoping that in some of yer records, how to access the Royal Vaults of Tethyamar is still known to ye, seeing as yer ancestors plundered them. At least the Jilker ones. I confess I be having a hard time keeping it all straight. So what say ye? If the knowledge still exists, would ye be up for something so bold?" Tezster asks, glancing at Valina and Buna, than the rest of the group, particularly Baron Thordrek and Captain Magnum

Toliudar
2014-04-01, 11:17 AM
Johannes

The slender and beardless dwarf had let the crack about beard-shaving slide. Not everyone appreciated the additional bit of mobility that comes in certain intimate situations, when a beard is not involved. He liked Tasster, and felt that there was no real malice in the words.

He'd had hopes for a more cosmopolitan view of things from Tezster, but it seemed that he was just as focused on magic weapons as his brother had been.

"Ah, excuse me, Prince. I am young and untutored in your ways. Please permit a few simple questions?

"The overall plan is to start a frontal assault, seal off reinforcements, kill all the orcs and end up in possession of these Goldhammer Halls. Am I correct? In which case, it shouldn't matter the order in which different parts of the complex are regained. In fact, it would seem that, for your primary goal to succeed, it is essential that we maintain our position at the choke point of reinforcements, to ensure that the orcs don't find some way of breaking through before it's all over. In fact, it would seem to be absolutely disastrous to abandon that position, once it is achieved at such great peril.

"Please don't misunderstand. I'm sure that the Borlin's sword is very, um, important and all. But wouldn't it have much greater symbolic significance if his own brother were to enter the vaults at the end of the conquest, to reclaim Sarghathuld? I mean, that seems like a pretty great end to the story. Don't you think?

"So, I guess what I'm wondering is, what am I missing here?"

Johannes' voice peters out, and an arched eyebrow beckons for a response.

mshady
2014-04-01, 10:02 PM
Tezster

The Princes frown slightly in response to Johannes' question of their plan, and Tezster seems a bit taken aback by being questioned so directly but nonetheless swallows his instinctual reaction.

"On the face of it, ye would be right. Why would I ask ye to incur great risk to hold a position in the enemy's rear and abandon it? The truth is that I think ye can take the area, but ye cannot hold it. When the forces we're fighting in the front realize they be cut off, some of them are going to turn back and see why. That might mean a few hundred of the few thousand there, but ye are simply a few. Than ye have to deal with devils that may portal or pass through whatever means ye have to block the passage. If ye stay there too long, I fear that ye will be buried. Unless someone older and more tutored sees it differently amongst ye, if ye stay there till we meet up with ye, what good would it do?

What happened to Borlin was they attacked and were drawn into some orcish portal and transported into the depths of this place and he died fighting his way out near the gates he was trying to escape out of. I could ask ye to move into the interior and just cause problems and stay ahead of any defenders, but ye could just as easily run afoul of what our brother did.

We figured ye could erect some walls with spells and lay some illusions so they think the tunnel had collapsed. A few other wards we can try to find for ye. After that, the walls will hold or fall on their own I suppose. Ye are quite right on the order of things, but if there was a time when the Royal Vaults may be, if not unguarded than the most skilled responders are elsewhere, I cannae think of one. It's either portal out and join the front ranks, or portal deeper into the interior and try something truly bold. Certainly Tasster or myself would love to be the ones to recover the sword, but yer recovery of it would gain ye greater acceptance amongst the other Clans here. A deed worthy of friendship and forgiveness of a grudge.

O'course, it would be truly dangerous too. Nearly foolish and far too hasty a tactic for dwarfs, which is why I think it could work. Certainly an attack deep in their rear would make them worried enough to have to maintain a garrison in the other areas instead of throw everything at us. It may sow confusion and hesitation. I nay know what ye are all capable of though, certainly all of this is voluntary and the raid itself is very voluntary.

So answer me this. How would ye block off a tunnel 30 feel wide with a fortified gate house, and how long do ye need to stay to do that? How long should ye stay after that? From there, where should ye go? The sword and the Royal Vaults can wait, certainly yer ancestors proved any of our vaults can be plundered. Yer part of my grand plan here is much more a proposal at this point."

thorgrim29
2014-04-02, 12:30 AM
Oh hey the boards are back, and looking odd


Thordrek

After mulling it over, Thordrek answers

Personally, I'd look for a way to collapse the tunnel 100 feet or so in, that way once the whole place is under your control you can fortify the entrance heavily and clear out the rubble when you're ready... The fact that you're asking us to collapse the tunnel at the start of the battle indicates that you expect it to last long enough for reinforcements to be a factor. In that case, taking out enemy leadership will also be a priority. You mentioned Zenthils, presumably they keep Sarghathuld close-by to intimidate the orcs. So retrieving it seems to coincide with a decapitation strike quite nicely, doesn't it? So, we go for the tunnel, collapse it a short while after you attack, and then we go pay a visit to the enemy wizards, if we find the sword great, if not we've still helped the main push along significantly. Depending on what our state is by that point, we either find a way out of keep looking for they sword of targets of opportunity.

He muses

The key thing is that they feel like they're loosing the battle. If they do the typical evil wizard overlord response will be to garb as much treasure as possible and escape, that makes them easier to find

mshady
2014-04-02, 01:37 AM
Tezster

Both of the Princes nod, turning their attention away from Johannes for just a moment.


"We were thinking ye erect walls of metal, stone or even magic. How would ye collapse the tunnel? We're nay opposed to it, at all, but how can ye do that?" Tezster adds, asking Thordrek and thinking to himself. "Do ye have an engineer or a mining expert amongst ye?"

Tasster jumps in as well...

"I think ye under estimate the size o'this place, and I cannae fault ye on that but Goldhammer Halls held thousands and it was but an average size. The Clan Halls of the Iron House was as large as any five o'the others. Each and 'very hold is filled to the top with orc, barghest and worst, with Zhents controlling much o'the Iron House Halls and another fortification. We figure there must be over 15,000 orc combatants in here, at da very least. They breed faster and grow 'very year. We've no idea o'their food sources besides cannibalism, but the water sources are vast. Unless ye have someth'n spectacular in mind, we're not going to make them run. We just want'em to react instead o'sending everything against us.

We're not even sure what the leadership is here in the Goldhammer Halls, but we know there be some powerful orc shamans that control some o'the devils and we figure they must lead the tribes. Getting to him'll be tough, not sure where ye even begin with that"

BelGareth
2014-04-02, 11:30 AM
Kal-Resh listens intently, staying quietly as normal, letting the dwarf lords speak the plans out. He was happy to help, he had no other home, or group of friends, and these had saved him from slavery, so they were better than nothing.

He had a smile on his face as he thought about what he would eat for lunch, up until he heard about the orcs, he didn't mind killing orcs, most were savage beasts who lived to kill, rape, and murder. He had no qualms with his heritage, humans killed humans and so to did orcs kill orcs, it meant little to him.

His smile dropped however, at the mention of the poisonous metal to orcs, and the fearsome weapon that cowed them in addition...and they were to recover these....things...

He instinctively backed away, his smile turning to one of fear...would he be of any use if they found this...weapon?

Gryndel
2014-04-04, 11:03 AM
Magnum mulled over the basic plan in his military mind, finding several issues to discuss or argue against. Every time he was about ready to speak, someone else vocalized a concern or question. So, as usual, he waited patiently for all the input he could gather and allowed others to voice their opinions or questions. Going over points in his mind he tried to formulate an assessment of the overall plan, with important portions highlighted by subsequent conversation.

Finally, he spoke up, directing his words to the Princes, "Beyond da conerns o'teleportin' underground, which are considerable, da overall plan sounds feasable. While it won't be an easy task, ta be sure, I like da boldness involved. Goin' after da wizards an' da sword is a fine tactic, an' I'd add takin' out as many o'dese shaman as we can find. It might loosen da hold dey have over da devils, an' possibly turn dem against da orcs."

Pausing a moment, he added, mostly to his own group, "Plane shift may well be a better option fer some portion o'dis jaunt. Go ethereal after da initial assault an' wall buildin' an' tunnel collapsin' bit is over. Dat gives us a great advantage not only in travelin' faster, but also in findin' da sword. While not all dat accurate, in combination wit da teleports, it could make all dis less risky. O'course, dat incurs its own risks, inaccuracy o'shiftin' encounters on dat plane, among da worst issues. But its a spell I can do, unlike teleport."

Toliudar
2014-04-04, 12:54 PM
Johannes

Johannes had become accustomed to the look that authority figures got on their faces when you said something that didn't fit within their view of the world. He was, slowly but surely, becoming a connoisseur of that look. It was an exceptionally dangerous addiction to cultivate. He savoured the look on Tasster and Teszter's faces as his colleagues presented several excellent possibilities.

"Your highnesses are of course correct that we are not accurate in our assumptions about this place, and the additional information is much appreciated. Before I can accurately provide any kind of meaningful responses to your own questions, I need to clarify three points.

"First, no position can be sealed off indefinitely. Given enough magical might and strong orcish backs, no bottleneck will hold. Having us present at the bottleneck merely makes it more difficult and dangerous for the orcs on this side to clear it. Therefore, we'd need to have some understanding of the length of time that you will need the position held. Are you thinking that you need a position held for half an hour? Half a day? A week? It makes a significant difference.

"On a related note, what kind of reinforcements do you think will be coming up from below? And how far away do you think the nearest orc settlement is? Even if the forces in Goldhammer get a message out right away, the crucial information is - how soon before reinforcements would arrive? Which brings me to my final question.

"Um. Wizards? You mentioned Zhent wizards. What do we know about them?"

Strangie
2014-04-04, 09:53 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt looked up at Kal-Resh at the mention of the orcs, and the orc-bane metal, looking concerned. He held a hand up, tapping his side. "Easy 'dere, Kal. Maybe it ain't as bad as it sounds...?" He scratched his head. "Don't worry about it. 'dey wouldn't let ya near any of 'dat stuff. I won't either. You'll be just fine. Right?" He gave him a reassuring thumbs up and a smile.

He looked about the room a little, hoping that he was right.

mshady
2014-04-06, 04:08 PM
The Princes to Magnum

"How considerable a risk is teleport'n underground? Was that not what ye were doing going from yer Plane back to the Underdark. Seemed safe enough, can we do that?" Tasster asks, curious why this is suddenly an issue. Of course, they had been using very expensive Gate scrolls provided directly by the Patriarch or the Arcanii Primus.

"We're glad ye like da boldness o'the plan. We agree that the more o'these shamans ye take out, the better. We don't think they have a single shaman that can open the gates anymore. We hope. Instead, they use circle magic, which means any of them can do it in great enough numbers. The problem is they don't really control the devils so much anymore. They're residents. If anything, we fear its a chaotic partnership or at worse, the devils control things now, who are in turn cowed only by the Zhent's magic. We figure there must be about a hundred shamans in the area, plus maybe a dozen or two Zhentarim ones, but no one knows fer sure. The more ye kill the better, but I doubt yer going to get enough to make an immediate difference. How are ye collapsing the tunnels though, without causing an earthquake or something? A rock fall seems wise, but not so bad we can never get through again ourselves" Tezster says.

"What 'bout those flame throwers yer uh...allies were using. Do ye think we can get some of those?" Tasster adds in.


Magnum mulled over the basic plan in his military mind, finding several issues to discuss or argue against. Every time he was about ready to speak, someone else vocalized a concern or question. So, as usual, he waited patiently for all the input he could gather and allowed others to voice their opinions or questions. Going over points in his mind he tried to formulate an assessment of the overall plan, with important portions highlighted by subsequent conversation.

Finally, he spoke up, directing his words to the Princes, "Beyond da conerns o'teleportin' underground, which are considerable, da overall plan sounds feasable. While it won't be an easy task, ta be sure, I like da boldness involved. Goin' after da wizards an' da sword is a fine tactic, an' I'd add takin' out as many o'dese shaman as we can find. It might loosen da hold dey have over da devils, an' possibly turn dem against da orcs."

Pausing a moment, he added, mostly to his own group, "Plane shift may well be a better option fer some portion o'dis jaunt. Go ethereal after da initial assault an' wall buildin' an' tunnel collapsin' bit is over. Dat gives us a great advantage not only in travelin' faster, but also in findin' da sword. While not all dat accurate, in combination wit da teleports, it could make all dis less risky. O'course, dat incurs its own risks, inaccuracy o'shiftin' encounters on dat plane, among da worst issues. But its a spell I can do, unlike teleport."

Grodech
2014-04-08, 08:30 PM
Grathalmor sits and listens to all the talk, drinking his ale. Everyone seemed to be asking the appropriate questions. He looks at Thordrek "Do we still have 'dat magic map o' the Patriarch's? I imagine it'd come in handy wit' dis.... endeavor.""

thorgrim29
2014-04-10, 10:26 AM
Thordrek

I'm not quite sure how I'd do it... The easiest way would be if you can provide a few scrolls of a rock to mud type spell and a bunch of explosives, it would require a lot of blasting jelly, or a giant fireball of course. If someone could bind a big enough earth elemental or several smaller ones it could also do the trick, who do we have that can work a planar binding? How deep down are we talking anyway? If we can dig from the top maybe we could divert a large river into the tunnel, but that would require days if not weeks of preparation, if the orcs have any kind of presence above ground they'll spot us for sure. Maybe we could replicate the first stage of the stoneburner's activation, a lake of lava would do a fine job of stopping anyone coming this way. Of course we might be able to fill the tunnel with conjured rock and iron walls, but I don't think we'd have much magic left after that, if we can even manage it.

Thordrek is in full brainstorming mode, throwing every idea he can come up with on the wall to see what sticks, he motions the others to join in.

To Tasster

We don't have flamers handy, and I doubt the Sollinor and his converts would want to help, if we could even contact them

OOC: About Grath's question, do we have the underdark map handy?

OMG PONIES
2014-04-10, 10:37 AM
Nalrak's ears begin to burn--he had given up his possessions, but not his sense of hearing! He takes a moment to center himself and ignore the barbs while the others begin discussing their plan. At first, it seemed like a bit of irony that someone who had foresworn material possessions would partake in such a campaign for one particular material possession. However, Nalrak thought of the Ironfist Gauntlet his cousin now carried and immediately knew; this mission was about more than just a sword--it was about everything the sword symbolized to this clan.

"Between the orcs, the Zhents, and the devils, we'll need a tapestry of protections," he muses. "Some Magic Circles Against Evil would stave off the devils and I'll keep a few dispels tucked for the Zhents. But when it comes to destroying, that's a bit outside my wheelhouse." The mention of replicating the Stoneburner's activation throws Nalrak's pious comment into stark, hypocritical relief. "At least these days," he feels the need to mumble as a qualifier.

Strangie
2014-04-12, 10:15 PM
Wyatt

Wyatt gestures at Grathalmore, shaking his head apologetically. "Sorry Grath - I got nothin' for ya on the map department. Patriarch had me turn it in once we got back. It was his, after all. I do miss 'dat thing... maybe I'll get one of my own someday. Makes my job a HELL of a lot easier. But 'dat's alright - I've done my job without it in the past, I can do it again, eh?" He said, shrugging and grinning.

mshady
2014-04-15, 10:10 PM
Valina

"Of course we can contact them and ask for some help. Just because he cannae send down one of the Forgemark Legions for this, it nay means we can't ask for a specialist or some kit. We've been making some to give to the lads at Magnum's old stomping grounds and our own use" Valina says to Thordrek.

"If I could get ye, a dozen or even half of them with some special heat shielded armor that is strictly on loan, do ye think they can be put to use?" she addresses Teszter.

The two princes share a look for a moment and nod.

"Aye. They seem very dangerous for the bearer, but if what my brother told me is true, they could be used to great effect in the tunnels" Tezster says, stroking his beard thoughtfully.

"I thought so, but tell them not to go crazy with them down there. Ye touch off a coal fire or some mine gas, it would be a problem. If they get used too much, they'll burn all the air out of the caves and than we're all in a bind" Valina warns him.

thorgrim29
2014-04-16, 12:02 AM
Thordrek

Thordrek shrugs

Oh, I didn't realize, that's great news

mshady
2014-04-16, 08:01 AM
“Well, I think that’s enough talk for the moment. We ‘ave to block the main tunnel and dat will buy us time. That won’t do much when they crawl out of their holes and surround us though, so we’ll be havin’ to keep a lot of troops outside in defensive positions too. That’s going to mean our best are going in and at highest risk goin’ in there. The known unknown is what they’ve been doin’ to the place over the last century or two. We ‘ave no idea how it’s fortified or if they cut other tunnels. I doubt orcs would, not being deep strategist, but the Zhent could have. Or the devils” Teszter says and rubs his temples. It was a lot to balance.

“Well, if ye think teleporting into some place based off a ‘hundred year old map is nay safe, there are some secret passages into the Goldhammer Mines as well that were sealed off. If ye go that route, ye may have to fight but will have to move quick so yer in place before reinforcements can arrive. Where yer also going to fight and ye can save yer magic to teleport out. Getting’ to those, well they’re on the side of the mountain. Ye can either sneak to them in the night and be out on yer own and hope they don’t see ye, or go in under the cover of our forces during the attack. You’ll have to set a helluva pace that way, but I doubt it’ll be opposed” Teszter continues.

“I like the being sneaky option. Too bad yer assassin lady is dead, but that Halfling is a dangerous fellow too” Tasster adds, giving Wyatt a fierce smile without realizing he had probably touched a nerve.

"Aye, she'd be useful" Buna allows. "If we're gett'n the flamers, I have another idea we can try too but we'll talk later"

Teszter and Tasster nod and express their goodbyes and walk over to some other 'clan boxes' to circulate for awhile, leaving the group a moment to talk over a barrel of ale.

"So, this is going to be thrilling" Valina chuckles, but there is an edge of nervousness. "I may have years on most of ye and I can defend myself, know a few tricks, but don't look to me to lead this. I've never been a general or a leader. So how are we doing this and what do we need? Buna seemed to have an idea."

"Aye, I'd like to get a stone golem and leave it to guard the tunnel. I'd like to see the orcs take that down. We'd have to assemble it on the spot and bring in another Arcanii to help me do it. Can we do that?"

"I can ask. Anyone else, or do we talk in quarters?"

Grodech
2014-04-16, 08:19 PM
"Would an elemental be just as good as a golem, or mebbe better?" Grathalmor asks.

Strangie
2014-04-21, 02:00 AM
Wyatt

Wyatt frowned at the mention of his former partner. Oh, the good times they shared... he shook his head, though, and shrugged at Tasster. "I'm not really the stabby cloak and dagger type, but I know how to get around a place unseen and I can disable traps with the best of 'em. And I'd know if a sneaky type was trying to get the drop on you faster 'dan you would. I can handle myself in a out-and-out fight, too."

mshady
2014-04-22, 07:35 AM
Johannes

Johannes had become accustomed to the look that authority figures got on their faces when you said something that didn't fit within their view of the world. He was, slowly but surely, becoming a connoisseur of that look. It was an exceptionally dangerous addiction to cultivate. He savoured the look on Tasster and Teszter's faces as his colleagues presented several excellent possibilities.

"Your highnesses are of course correct that we are not accurate in our assumptions about this place, and the additional information is much appreciated. Before I can accurately provide any kind of meaningful responses to your own questions, I need to clarify three points.

"First, no position can be sealed off indefinitely. Given enough magical might and strong orcish backs, no bottleneck will hold. Having us present at the bottleneck merely makes it more difficult and dangerous for the orcs on this side to clear it. Therefore, we'd need to have some understanding of the length of time that you will need the position held. Are you thinking that you need a position held for half an hour? Half a day? A week? It makes a significant difference.

"On a related note, what kind of reinforcements do you think will be coming up from below? And how far away do you think the nearest orc settlement is? Even if the forces in Goldhammer get a message out right away, the crucial information is - how soon before reinforcements would arrive? Which brings me to my final question.

"Um. Wizards? You mentioned Zhent wizards. What do we know about them?"

Valina to Johannes

"I'm not sure he likes you either, Joh. Teszter hates royal titles, I'm told. Takes it as a bit of a mockery. Why he only calls himself a Prince. Either that, or well, we were all throwing a lot at him at once." Valina remarks as Tasster and Teszter leaves. "Don't take it too personally. He covered it mostly, just not directly to ya. I don't think he knows how long we have to hold the position, which is why a golem or an elemental would help. Especially if we won't be there. I'd expect no longer than a week. For reinforcements I doubt he truly knows either. Potentially thousands. The orcs can be blocked, it's the devils that can portal through it that's the problem. No one knows how the orcs work with the zhents and the devils, just that they don't mingle much. Except when they are mixing, which is where I'm told barghests come from? Filthy creatures."

"Probably what will happen is they'll see they cannot pass through the tunnels and will withdraw after a bloody nose and try to go over the mountain instead. That's going to be difficult too, but for Tezster. Unless this all moves fairly fast, he'll be caught with his forces divided inside and out. Best case, he'll probably take the mines and be under immediate siege. I think he realizes that. That's why he wants the sword, so he can make more of them. It tis the only way they have to thin the herd, right? It's awful strategic position for him really. Take one hall, and have like 20 more halls worth of orcs come to crush him. I hope we're not enabling him to get all the survivors killed"

Valina thinks it over for a moment and nods.

"No, they can hold it with supplies. They're going to take the Halls, wave the flag and hope others rally to his cause. Before he was just a sad story. Now he becomes a real cause. He better hope it works, because the Patriarch is not coming down here with all our forces to bail him out. We can't, not with our kin a threat"

Toliudar
2014-04-22, 10:10 AM
Valina to Johannes

"I'm not sure he likes you either, Joh.

Johannes' brow furrows as he tries to figure out the source and nature of Valina's comment.

"Wait, I'm confused. Do you mean 'either' as in 'there are other people who he also dislikes' or 'either' as in 'in addition to me not liking you'? I can see strong support for both options. And I'd say that if he dislikes royal titles, he should stop using them."

He winks and carries on.


"I don't think he knows how long we have to hold the position, which is why a golem or an elemental would help. Especially if we won't be there. I'd expect no longer than a week. For reinforcements I doubt he truly knows either. Potentially thousands. The orcs can be blocked, it's the devils that can portal through it that's the problem. No one knows how the orcs work with the zhents and the devils, just that they don't mingle much. Except when they are mixing, which is where I'm told barghests come from? Filthy creatures."

Johannes' brow furrows.

"A battle might last a few hours. A week...that's a seige. And I don't think that we can plan for a seige in which reinforcements give up trying to break the seige and decide to go around the long way.

"They have an orc horde, which means that initial losses mean very little to them. No offense, Kal Resh. They have devils, which means that they have forces that can pop in anywhere, kill people in a hundred different ways, and retreat again. They have wizards, which means that they have ways of peeling back any protection we might have against the devils. Elementals and golems are great against orcs, but no good against the devils.


"Probably what will happen is they'll see they cannot pass through the tunnels and will withdraw after a bloody nose and try to go over the mountain instead. That's going to be difficult too, but for Tezster. Unless this all moves fairly fast, he'll be caught with his forces divided inside and out. Best case, he'll probably take the mines and be under immediate siege. I think he realizes that. That's why he wants the sword, so he can make more of them. It tis the only way they have to thin the herd, right? It's awful strategic position for him really. Take one hall, and have like 20 more halls worth of orcs come to crush him. I hope we're not enabling him to get all the survivors killed."

Valina thinks it over for a moment and nods.

"No, they can hold it with supplies. They're going to take the Halls, wave the flag and hope others rally to his cause. Before he was just a sad story. Now he becomes a real cause. He better hope it works, because the Patriarch is not coming down here with all our forces to bail him out. We can't, not with our kin a threat"

Johannes slowly expelled a breath upward, making the feather in his hat bob merrily. They were doing all this for a bloody sword?

"Now I'm confused again. The sword is to rally others to his cause? What was this meeting? We feel pretty darn rallied to me. Who else is there?"

thorgrim29
2014-04-22, 10:25 AM
Thordrek


Other dwarves I presume, I'm sure the Princes haven't been able to rally all of their kin, a lot of them will have integrated with clans all over the region but might be more willing to join after an initial success. Plus there are some dwarves from Mythral Hall, Adbar, Mirabar, all the other holds, assorted adventurers. If he proves to be a big enough thorn in Zenth's foot he might get some support from the Harpers and other local powers. Tethyamar being under dwarf control is a net positive for everyone in the region after all. But for all that to happen, he needs a clear success on the first offensive and a powerful symbol that the royal house is back, the sword is going to be that symbol

Toliudar
2014-04-22, 10:32 AM
Johannes nods, new comprehension dawning.

"So what we need here isn't a seige of a hall that we can't hold. What we need are some very smart thieves. Right?"

Gryndel
2014-04-23, 11:36 AM
Magnum

"While I'm not much fer sneakin', dat tactic ta get in sounds better, savin' da teleports ta get out. I can summon a medium elemental. It only stays a short time, so wouldna be very useful fer wardin' an area, but it can help collapse tunnels an' such. I also 'ave dis horn o' blastin', but it just does uncontrolled damage."

mshady
2014-04-23, 11:49 PM
Buna and Valina

"Given a little time, we can summon an elemental and get it to stay awhile. We can call something planar, fight devils with angelic beings maybe? I just think we a golem or two. Magic won't do too much good against it. Since we're not teleporting, tis an option but we'll probably lose it. Not too concerned about that, just won't be one of the big ironmonger ones. Should hold off the mages. Maybe? We're not going to hold them off a week without serious damage." Buna says and shrugs. "We have time. Something magic we can make permanent would help though"

"As for the sword? It's symbolic, sure. Return the sword of the King Ghellin, lost by his son and recovered? Very symbolic, but that's irrelevant in the grand scheme of things although he'll need all the help to keep them rallied in a long siege. What they really need it for is to learn how it was made quickly. Chip off a piece, see how it was forged and make a few more. Obviously a lot of what the sword does has to do with magic, but the metal itself means even a wound is mortal to an orc. The troops armed with some of those. Tasster and Teszter to fight off fiends, they could make a go of it. The real symbolism is just taking back something. It's hard to get others to rally to a sad story. We're dwarves, almost all of us have lost our homes and talk about it. Yes, if he delivers success he just might get some help. He's betting on it, because if he does not get that help, Tethyamar ends in here. Our help is what he probably needs. I just hope we don't enable suicide"

mshady
2014-04-24, 01:37 AM
Conclusion

After the two Princes finish their circulation amongst the various Clans, sharing a drink with each of them, the two stumble back to the podium with a smile on their faces. Most of the Clans cheer their return to the stage. It was a rowdy enough crowd. Teszter takes the stage and places his hands on the podium, leaning on it for support perhaps.

"Kinsmen! For the last couple of hours, we have all talked and drank and plotted. We have much planning to do. What we are planning has already had a great foundation set, with years of preparation for it. Arms and armor, stockpiled for years, ready to take into battle alongside the relics of our past. At this very moment, we choose if we only want know our true homes from the old books and the mutterings of the old of better times. Those stories can be inspiration for us, or they can be the gnawing sadness, the consumption of our souls of dwarves. My brother and I, we can live like that no longer. How can the rest of you? I know from talking to you now, that you cannot either. We all have fears. We live as tradesman, but we can once again fight as dwarfs and the dead may never die if they fall in battle, with honor, in service of our race.

When we take the Goldhammer Halls, we will be assailed from inside and without as our enemy will be desperate from fear of the returning kings of the mountains. We will stand atop that mountain and send ravens out to every dwarfhold I know of, any ally that might aide us. We will let them know the Iron House has returned, that the Clans of Tethyamar are back and call upon old allies, old treaties, old debts and show all of our kin that we CAN reclaim what was lost. We will call for a mighty crusade to aid us, and those that come to our aid may have a home in the empty halls of our lost brethren. You all know what I propose, and I ask ye all to unite in a vote, to bless this plan and pledge your support. Vote with your soul and call out your clan name. Let Moradin himself hear it in his Halls, and Dumathion know there is still strength in our race. Long live Tethyamar!" Tezster says, bellowing the last part.

The room erupts in cheers and the different representatives bellow their Clan names out, toasting and drinking. Tezster watches it all with a smile, with his children, his brother and his brother's sons at his sides. The Princes smiles and waves to all of them, a look of joy and relief on his face as he basks in the affirmation of the moment.

"So a Crusade eh? Promises of land, glory to the Gods and history of his clan? He'll draw them in droves alright. Moradin help him, Moradin help us all" Valina mutters, listening to the din.

As the meeting breaks up, the group returns to their quarters and they find themselves in a communal room with soft chairs, ale and cheese laid out for them. The room finally affords

Toliudar
2014-04-24, 10:16 AM
Johannes seemed uncharacteristically dejected as the group assembled in the communal room - which doesn't stop him from parking himself close to the cheese plate and enjoying it immensely. Even the feather in his cap seems to droop. He offers a piece of cheese and bread to the mighty Kal-Resh. Even his voice, normally bright and tinged with irony, is soft and sincere.

"I don't know if any of us would think less of you if you stepped away from all this, given the number of orcs that we're being asked to kill."

BelGareth
2014-04-24, 11:39 AM
Throughout the whole discourse of the meeting, Kal had remained mostly quiet, sharing a look or two with Wyatt and Joh, he forced a smile upon his face and nodded as the others talked, planned, and prepared.

It was all above him, he was no strategist, and he was no orc, merely a friend, who had been saved, and he owed them his loyalty.

He followed them into the room and gratefully accepted the offering of cheese from Johannes, not seeing the subtleties the dwarf was showing towards him.

He frowned at him as he munched on, "I've never had love for my angry kin, just because I am related to one, does not mean I am beholden to them, if we were killing bad humans or dwarves, it would be the same." he takes another bite "Besides, I'm not an orc or a human, I'm a wolf!" he swiftly shifts into a wolf and howls.

thorgrim29
2014-04-27, 03:09 PM
Thordrek

When Johanness suggests sneaking in, Thordrek shakes his head

Wouldn't work... At the core of our culture is a strong vein of romanticism, Tezzter needs to appeal to that, and just stealing the sword isn't enough

When they reach the room, Thordrek talks to Valina

Aye, Moradin help us all, if Tezzter isn't as good a general as he thinks he is, or if the foe is better then he estimates, enough dwarves could go through the grinder in this venture to undo the Blessing of Thunder... On the other hand, if it works... Between a restored Tethyamar, the Patriarchate, Mythral Hall, others, we'll have more strength and dynamism then we've had since the fall of Gauthlgrim. If you'll forgive me a bit of hyperbole, we may be walking the edge between a new golden age of the Shield Dwarves and our eventual fall into irrelevance and destruction

As this epiphany hits him, his eyes harden and he speaks softly

And that means we can't let anyone or anything get in our way, no matter how many cities we have to blow up

He also makes a silent pledge, from that moment on, Thordrek Torrun is a dwarf on a mission. No matter how much it stains his soul he'll do what it takes to bring ruin and destruction to the enemies of his race, be they orcs, white dragons or misguided cousins.

mshady
2014-04-28, 12:30 AM
Valina

Valina chuckles as Kal-resh turns into a wolf and howls.

“Well, thanks for clearing that up Kal. I think we were all wondering about that” she says and smiles at the half orc. Relaxing in her chair, she takes in the conversation with a pleasant enough smile on her face as Johannes and Thordrek go back and forth.

“Thordrek’s right about the nature of our kind and the romantic streak. Nothing short of a grand tale will do for the recovery of a grand old sword. We’re not going to be able to burgle it, even with a hin helping us out. We’re not a race that thinks highly of trickery, but we do value cleverness.

What we will need is someone who knows some lore and is just clever enough to get into that vault. That will indeed require a bit of thieving, as I certainly do not want to destroy the Royal Vaults of the Iron House of Tethyamar, seeing as there is good chance they might be using them again in a few year’s time.

The place won’t be unguarded at all. Quite the contrary I’m sure. Tezster’s attack should provide the distraction we need to make sure those guards do not get reinforcements in a timely manner though. After that, we need to get into those vaults and get what we came for and for that I think we’re going to have to depend on Johannes to do that for us. It’s likely a bunch of gears and some code, not something as mundane as a key. A place like that will have at least one old golem guarding it, which I presume the Zhentarim have repurposed. That’s how such places are guarded for eternities in dwarf holds.

While we are there though, their Hall of Records is nearby. Clan Timekeeper used to manage those vaults, and I think we need to talk with them. Johannes, I think ye’d be best for that. If there is any record of King Reigan and where he took Ballyrand’s sarcophagus following his exodus, it would be there. I know the Tethyamar said they struck all knowledge of our Clan from their records, but they would have kept such records in a restricted area where only their most important advisors could access it. We were too dangerous to completely forget. We won’t have much time, but we might be able to get a lead there. I doubt Tezster would mind, but I think we need to keep that to ourselves”

She listens to the rest of Thordrek’s words when he approaches her.

“Moradin help us all indeed. I don’t expect Tezster is a good general, but he is a good enough leader from the motivation and rally the troops part. He’s not had the formal training someone like you or Magnum had, because who would give it to him? Most of what he knows will come from book learning, and he knows his history at least. Until our own attack, we owe it to the Tethyamar to do everything we can to help.

If he gets this wrong, yer right this could be a bloody quagmire that devours a generation of dwarves. Waving the banner of Crusade about will draw many warriors looking for their first battles and this could end up the eternal stalemate of the Battle Halls, where generation after generation of dwarf fights off orcs for possession of a few miles of shattered Halls. If he gets it right, ye see how important this would be to all of us. It very well could be the start of a new Golden Age for our people. That’s why calling for a Crusade could be so potent. With that kind'o future on the scales, how can we not do everything that we can to help bring it about? Not for just here, but the decision at that Moot may have been the most historic one our race has made in hundreds of years” Valina says and sips on her drink.

“I wish we could do more, but we cannae risk our cousins attacking us while we’re divided or drawing our cousin’s attentions here by having them trying to thwart our efforts out of spite. We’ll do every damned bit we can for them though. That kind of future yer seeing is why there is a Patriarchate. At least it is in my eyes"

mshady
2014-04-28, 01:25 AM
Taking the reins of the meeting now, Buna outlines a few open questions that need to be settled for both your own plan and for things that can be done to support Tezster’s efforts. The Patriarchate is very well resourced, and while they can only commit very limited troops, there are things they can provide to help.

Tethyamar Preparations

With the resources at your personal disposal, including training and knowledge, and resources from the Patriarchate, what can be done to support the Tethyamar assault? Currently they are planning a direct assault through a narrow pass opening up to a large open plain. It is about a half mile of lightly wooded areas up to the Goldhammer Halls. At that point, the plan it to use rams to knock down the gates and allow entrance. At that point, the presumption is the Patriarchate team will split off for your own mission.
What supplies or suggestions would you make? Be open minded.

Operation Goldhammer

1. Do you partially collapse the tunnel, or erect defenses to hold off the enemy?
A. How do you collapse the tunnel?
B. What types of defenses or walls do you erects?
C. Golem, Elemental or Celestial?

2. Are you teleporting into the area (risk of teleportation error) or using a secret entrance (risk of encounters of randomly determined severity).
3. What wards or magic can be used to limit any devils from bypassing the barricades?
A. How long will it last?
B. How can you make it last longer? Permanency Spell (hint)

4. While in the Goldhammer Halls, what else can be done to support the Tethyamar assault plan?

Toliudar
2014-04-28, 01:45 AM
Johannes

Johannes smiles at Kal Resh's comment, and at the sentiment behind it. He is less thrilled by Thordrek's defense of genocide in the name of cultural vitality, but that was a topic for a much longer discussion on a much shorter day. Thordrek was a kind and reasonable dwarf.

But now all this talk of an acceptable and an unacceptable level of cleverness was making his head hurt.

"Right. Sure. I can check on the records. But apparently, I'm even worse at listening than I thought. Is our mission - all of our mission - to take and hold this hall indefinitely, or to get a sword. Those are pretty different things, and need different strategies.

If the complex is just under a lightly wooded area, then our best bet may be to reach a point directly above the tunnel we need to defend/block and use dimension door (lower level spell, no chance of error) rather than teleport.

mshady
2014-04-28, 07:48 AM
Valina

"Oh, no Johannes. The mission is for us to block reinforcements, try to get the sword, check their records while we are there, and leave. The goal for the Tethyamar is to take and hold the Goldhammer Halls. The implications of which I nay think anyone realized until just now, but all the same that's the goal" she says and sips on her drink again.

OOC: I'll draw a map soon, but there is the narrow pass, followed by some woods to the foot of the mountain. The area has been logged, so it is mainly small stuff at this point. After that, you're heading up into the mountain and the area you are looking for is basically under the peak or a bit behind it.

Toliudar
2014-04-28, 10:31 AM
Johannes

Johannes briefly massages his forehead before responding.

"All right, but follow my thinking on this, and tell me where I'm getting this wrong. All of the things that you just talked about us doing...getting the sword, checking the records, blocking off reinforcements...those are in Goldhammer Halls, right?

"So...if we succeed in blocking off reinforcements, and they hold the halls, then they have a lot more time to do things like sift through records and open a vault. Sure, we can help with that before we go, but there's not the same urgency. And if they fail to hold the halls, then it would be cravenly and undwarfish to just sneak in and get the sword anyway, so there's no point in going to the vault until they hold the hall."

Johannes briefly lifts his hands in confusion.

"I'm going to stick to playing cards from now on."

thorgrim29
2014-04-28, 10:39 AM
Thordrek

You're right on the plan, thing is, if whoever's in charge down there senses the winds turning, he or they will flee with as much treasure as they can carry, and that will include the sword

Toliudar
2014-04-28, 02:09 PM
Johannes

Johannes smacked the back of his left hand into his right palm.

"Yes! Exactly! That makes perfect sense to me. But apparently that's not sexy enough for our romantic dwarven spirits, for whom a smash and grab is insufficiently blood-stirring. So unless they hold the hall, it's counter-productive to steal the sword, right?"

It was once again becoming clear why Johannes often wore out his welcome quickly, and moved frequently.

thorgrim29
2014-04-28, 02:50 PM
Thordrek

Thordrek liked Johanness, he was smart, funny, personable, good in a fight, fairly insightful, and extremely adept at manipulating the less then stalwart folk they found themselves running into with alarming frequency. However, his versatility and quite breathtaking range of skills came with a tendency to assume he knew better when he really didn't. In those moments, he was quite annoying, and Thordrek foresaw many headaches in his future with Joh under his command in the stonelands.

Obviously, which is why our primary objective is blocking the tunnel... Both of our tasks assume that the assault on Goldhammer Halls will succeed. If it doesn't all of it will be quite pointless, but if it does and we do our jobs correctly the Princes will have a fighting chance of holding the place long enough to get Tezzter's crusade underway.

He continues a bit louder to get the attention of the others

Speaking of blocking the tunnels, I have a few thoughts. I think that having golems and earth elementals will be crucial, but I still believe a cave-in is our best bet. As I see it, the best way to go would be to create a cave-in using transmute rock to mud spells, I'm sure we can get Buna some scrolls. Once that's done, we can create and summon whatever we decide on to guard our side of the tunnel. Since short term the most likely trouble will come from fiends and magic users bypassing the rubble I think a Tombstone just at the edge of or buried under the rubble would be an incredible boon, wouldn't bother a golem as we saw on our last mission. If we can't get one, we could heavily ward the whole area against teleportation, evil, traveling in the astral plane, whatever we think of. Once the Halls are secure, they can build proper fortifications and have the golem clear the rubble.

Toliudar
2014-04-28, 05:12 PM
Johannes

The beardless dwarf seems to abandon his questions about the wisdom of the basic mission, and instead to focus on how not to die while accomplishing it. He leans forward, elbows coming to rest on his knees.

"I agree, Thordrek. Caving in the tunnel seems the safest bet to me.

"Perhaps, while we're setting up the cave-in, Magnum could use an effect I saw put to good use in Sigil, that blocks teleportation and creates some serious problems for those who believe differently than you do (http://www.d20srd.org/srd/spells/forbiddance.htm). The effect is expensive but huge. If we had time to cast it after taking the tunnel but before closing it, the effect could extend a distance down both sides of the tunnel, making it much more difficult for miners, devils and spellcasters to work in the area. As a bonus, if the spell were centred in the collapsed area, it would be very difficult to reach and pinpoint the centre of the effect in order to dispel it.

I'm just trying to figure out whether teleportation magic is even workable for our group. How many of us are there on this mission? Off the top of my head, I'm remembering:
Buna
EDIT: Grathalmor (sorry, bud)
Johannes
Kal Resh
Magnum
Nalrak
Thordrek
Valina
Wyatt

Am I missing someone?

Grodech
2014-04-28, 05:16 PM
"Wouldn't a tombstone prevent usin' magic ta' collapse the tunnel?" Grathalmor asks.


Johannes
I'm just trying to figure out whether teleportation magic is even workable for our group. How many of us are there on this mission? Off the top of my head, I'm remembering:
Buna
Johannes
Kal Resh
Magnum
Nalrak
Thordrek
Valina
Wyatt

Am I missing someone?
Where Buna goes, so does Grathalmor...

mshady
2014-04-28, 08:56 PM
Johannes

Johannes briefly massages his forehead before responding.

"All right, but follow my thinking on this, and tell me where I'm getting this wrong. All of the things that you just talked about us doing...getting the sword, checking the records, blocking off reinforcements...those are in Goldhammer Halls, right?

"So...if we succeed in blocking off reinforcements, and they hold the halls, then they have a lot more time to do things like sift through records and open a vault. Sure, we can help with that before we go, but there's not the same urgency. And if they fail to hold the halls, then it would be cravenly and undwarfish to just sneak in and get the sword anyway, so there's no point in going to the vault until they hold the hall."

Johannes briefly lifts his hands in confusion.

"I'm going to stick to playing cards from now on."

Valina

"If Tezster ultimately fails to hold the Goldhammer Halls or not, that question will be decided long after our own mission is complete. The Royal Vaults and the Archives are perhaps 15 to 20 miles away from the Goldhammer Halls, maybe more. The Tethyamar attack, we split off and block the tunnels somehow and when that is sufficiently done, we depart to grab the sword and maybe grab a book or two. I honestly nay care how we get the sword, so long as we get it. We'll come up with a good story about it later, because what truly matters is the sword is back and they can study it. Our mission may take a day or so. I expect these Halls to be contested for a week or more. Possibly months if Tezster is cautious and someone smart commands the enemy. Does that clarify things, Johannes?" Valina asks, a polite smile on her face.

mshady
2014-05-06, 06:55 AM
There is a knock at the door, and a young dwarf enters with a battered old scroll tube. He bows as he hands it to Valina, who accepts the package. Walking over to the table, she unrolls the map. It is not nearly as detailed as one might like, and certainly not an architectural map, but it gives them a good enough idea of what they were getting into...

http://i57.tinypic.com/2gvj9c3.jpg

Of particular note are the large living quarters that seemed to be on the floor of a large cavern, usually where the poorest or youngest of the Clan lived so they would be close to their work. The side of the cavern, going up several stories, are several layers of homes carved into the stone. Usually such homes are all accessed by a long, spiral stair case carved into the stone itself with railings for safety. The center of the area would be filled with where the smith shops would be and other large equipment. There are apparently two large smelters adjacent to the mines that, in their heyday, were probably fed by rail and fueled with coal that would be vented out of large chimneys up to the surface. Without a sky light, the place was probably illuminated by continual light torches in places but those had probably dimmed with time. Over the mines towards the rear, and surely they are not drawn to scale as the fingers of the mines likely run deep and scattered as miners chased veins, is a bridge. Likely there was not one originally, but as the mines progressed and grew deeper, the road become one so it may all be solid or nearly solid stone. The gold mines are in one direction, and the orc bane metals in another direction. Not that is labeled, but there is likely some iron in the area as well. Where the coal came from is anyone's guess, so the furnaces likely have been cold for some time unless another heat source had been found - quite possible with an association with denizens of Hell in the area. On the far side of the complex is a great crevice, which apparently plunges quite some distance into an underground source of water. The map seems to indicate a river, which may be quite a ways down. Although the map does not specify where, there must be places where livestock were kept and mushrooms farmed, both likely in played out mines. Of particular interest is that there appears to be a fortification on the front of the Goldhammer Halls to guard the road, but also one to the rear. Of course, the condition of them is unknown unless someone can perform some scrying. There also appears to be one towards the rear on the main road out of the complex, which only makes sense. The area they are expecting to be secured or blocked is beyond the fortress, and any point would probably do, so long as the old fortress is not destroyed.

In terms of scale, the Goldhammer Halls are probably three or four times the size of the one the group destroyed with the Stoneburner but not quite as large as Mithral Hall, at least per an old map. It could be larger. The Tethyamar were the last of the great dwarf empires of the north to fall.

A hand scrawled note of the map says the following:

The roads are all uniformly 40 feet wide, if that helps - Tezster.